e424b4
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration Nos. 333-144802 and 333-146753
5,500,000 shares
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock by
TranS1 Inc. We are offering 5,500,000 shares of our common
stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market
for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our
common stock is $15.00 per share. Our common stock has been
approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol “TSON.”
This investment involves a high degree of risk. See
“Risk Factors” beginning
on page 8 of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
|
$
|
82,500,000
|
|
Underwriting Discount
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
|
$
|
5,775,000
|
|
Proceeds, Before Expenses, to TranS1 Inc.
|
|
$
|
13.95
|
|
|
$
|
76,725,000
|
|
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an additional 825,000 shares from
us on the same terms and conditions as set forth above to the
extent that the underwriters sell more than
5,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering. The
underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to
investors on or about October 22, 2007.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
Lehman
Brothers |
Piper
Jaffray |
|
|
Cowen
and Company |
Wachovia
Securities |
The date of this prospectus is October 16, 2007
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus and in any free writing prospectus authorized by us.
We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to
provide you with different information. We are not making offers
to sell or seeking offers to buy these securities in any
jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You
should assume that the information contained in this prospectus
is accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus only,
regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any
sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition,
operating results and prospects may have changed since that
date.
Market
and Industry Data
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this
prospectus concerning the medical device industry, the spinal
surgery market, including our general expectations and market
position, market opportunity and market share, is based on
information from independent industry analysts and third-party
sources and management estimates. Management estimates are
derived from publicly available information released by
independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well
as our own management’s experience in the industry, and are
based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our
knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be
reasonable. Other than Millennium Research Group, which prepared
a report at our request and expense for general marketing
purposes, none of the sources cited in this prospectus has
consented to the inclusion of any data from its reports, nor
have we sought their consent. Our estimates have not been
verified by any independent source, and we have not
independently verified any third-party information. In addition,
while we believe our market position, market opportunity and
market share information included in this prospectus is
generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.
Such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to
change based on various factors, including those discussed under
the heading “Risk Factors.”
The items in the following summary are described in more
detail later in this prospectus. This summary does not contain
all the information you should consider before investing in our
common stock. You should carefully read the more detailed
information set out in this prospectus, especially the risks of
investing in our common stock that we discuss under the
“Risk Factors” section, as well as the financial
statements and the related notes to those statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to
“we,” “us,” “our,”
“company” and “TranS1” refer to TranS1 Inc.
unless the context requires otherwise.
Our
Business
We are a medical device company focused on designing, developing
and marketing products that implement our proprietary minimally
invasive surgical approach to treat degenerative disc disease
affecting the lower lumbar region of the spine. Using this
TranS1 approach, a surgeon can access discs in the lower lumbar
region of the spine through a 1.5 cm incision adjacent to the
tailbone and can perform an entire fusion procedure through a
small tube that provides direct access to the degenerative disc.
We developed our TranS1 approach to allow spine surgeons to
access and treat degenerative lumbar discs without compromising
important surrounding soft tissue. We believe this approach
enables fusion procedures to be performed with low complication
rates, short procedure times, low blood loss, short hospital
stays, fast recovery times and reduced pain. We have developed
and currently market in the United States and Europe two
single-level fusion products, AxiaLIF and
AxiaLIF 360°. In addition, we have developed and
currently market in Europe a two-level fusion product,
AxiaLIF 2L, which has not yet been cleared in the United
States. All of our products are delivered using our TranS1
approach.
Our AxiaLIF product received 510(k) clearance in December 2004
and a CE mark in March 2005 and was commercially launched in the
United States in January 2005. Our AxiaLIF 360° product
received 510(k) clearance in September 2005 and a CE mark in
March 2006 and was commercially launched in the United States in
July 2006. We received a CE mark for our AxiaLIF 2L product
in the third quarter of 2006 and began commercialization in the
European market in the fourth quarter of 2006. We intend to
commercialize our AxiaLIF 2L product in the United States after
receipt of 510(k) clearance. We are currently conducting
additional testing requested by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, or FDA, in support of our 510(k) clearance for
our AxiaLIF 2L product. We expect to obtain FDA 510(k)
clearance for, and commercially launch, our AxiaLIF 2L
product in the United States in 2008. As of August 31,
2007, over 2,000 fusion procedures have been performed globally
using our AxiaLIF products. We currently sell our AxiaLIF
products through 23 direct sales personnel and 21 independent
sales agents in the United States and seven independent
distributors internationally. By mid-2008, we expect to have
increased the number of our direct sales representatives to 50.
Our revenues were $5.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006 and $7.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2007. Our net losses were $9.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 2006 and $4.1 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2007.
We also have two additional products under development that
implement our TranS1 approach: our Percutaneous Nucleus
Replacement, or PNR, and Partial Disc Replacement, or PDR,
devices, both of which we expect to commercialize in the United
States and Europe. We expect these devices will be used earlier
in the treatment of degenerative disc disease than a fusion, as
they are designed to preserve motion in the lumbar spine while
providing stabilization. Our PNR implant is currently in
early-stage human clinical trials outside the United States, and
we expect to commercialize this product in Europe in the second
half of 2008. We expect to file an investigational device
exemption, or IDE, with the FDA in 2008 for our PNR implant in
support of U.S. commercialization. We anticipate commencing
human clinical trials of our PDR implant outside the United
States in 2008.
Market
Opportunity
Degenerative disc disease is a common medical condition
affecting the lower lumbar spine and refers to the degeneration
of the disc from aging and repetitive stresses resulting in a
loss of flexibility, elasticity and shock-absorbing properties.
As degenerative disc disease progresses, the space between the
vertebrae narrows, which can pinch the nerves exiting the spine
resulting in back pain, leg pain, numbness and loss of motor
1
function. This lower back pain can be overwhelming for patients
as the resulting pain can have significant physical,
psychological and financial implications.
Patients suffering from lower back pain are typically treated
initially with conservative therapies, which include rest,
bracing, physical therapy, chiropractics, electrical stimulation
and drugs. When conservative therapies fail to provide adequate
pain relief, surgical interventions, including fusion
procedures, may be used to address the pain. Fusion attempts to
alleviate lower back pain by removing problematic disc material
and permanently joining together two or more opposing vertebrae.
This is done in a manner that restores the appropriate space
between the vertebrae surrounding the degenerative disc and
eliminates mobility of the affected vertebrae. By restoring disc
height and eliminating motion, fusion attempts to prevent the
pinching of the nerves exiting the spine thereby reducing pain.
Lower back pain affects over six million people annually in the
United States and is a leading cause of healthcare expenditures
globally. Our currently marketed products address the lower
lumbar spine fusion market, which Millennium Research Group
valued at over $1.4 billion in the United States in 2006
and estimated to grow to $1.8 billion by 2011. We believe
the introduction of minimally invasive spine procedures, such as
ours, will attract more back pain patients, and attract them
earlier, to a definitive surgical solution, thereby increasing
the rate at which the lower lumbar spine fusion market grows.
Limitations
of Current Lumbar Surgical Procedures
The primary surgical fusion procedures performed in the lower
lumbar region of the spine are generally referred to by their
approach to the spine and include anterior, posterior,
transforaminal and extreme lateral interbody fusion. Typically,
a spine surgeon performs an additional surgical procedure
following the fusion procedure to implant screws and rods in the
back to provide additional support while the vertebrae fuse
together. These two procedures together are referred to as a
360° fusion, which is generally considered the most
structurally rigid fusion. Most of the current fusion treatment
alternatives available for lower lumbar spine conditions are
available in minimally invasive approaches. While current fusion
alternatives can be effective at reducing lower back pain,
common drawbacks of these procedures, traditional and minimally
invasive, include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
disruption to soft tissue and support structures;
|
|
|
•
|
significant blood loss between 100 and 1,400 cc;
|
|
|
•
|
lengthy operative procedure times between 90 minutes and
4 hours;
|
|
|
•
|
lengthy patient hospital stays averaging three days;
|
|
|
•
|
significant patient recovery time requiring three to six months
recovery and rehabilitation; and
|
|
|
•
|
unresolved patient pain related to muscle dissection, implant
irritation and scar tissue.
|
We believe that while current fusion procedures for lower lumbar
spine procedures can provide effective therapy for patients,
there is a significant opportunity for improvement in efficacy,
efficiency and cost due to the limitations described above.
Our
Solution
We believe we have developed what may be the least invasive
approach for spine surgeons to perform fusion and motion
preserving surgeries in the lower lumbar, or L4/L5/S1, region of
the spine, which can reduce the drawbacks associated with
current lumbar fusion procedures. We believe our TranS1 approach
and associated products provide the following benefits for
patients, providers and payors:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Least Invasive Approach Minimizes
Complications. All of our products are delivered
using our TranS1 approach. Procedures performed utilizing our
TranS1 approach have been documented to have favorable clinical
safety profiles with complication rates of approximately 1%.
|
2
|
|
|
|
•
|
Ease of Use and Short Procedure Times. We have
received feedback from practicing spine surgeons that they can
perform our AxiaLIF procedure utilizing our TranS1 approach
within 45 to 60 minutes after just two to three surgeries. We
also believe that these short procedure times can result in
reduced patient recovery times, decreased costs for the
hospitals and increased productivity for the spine surgeons.
|
|
|
•
|
Low Blood Loss. We believe the minimally
invasive nature of our TranS1 approach results in the average
patient losing approximately 25 to 125 cc of blood during an
AxiaLIF or AxiaLIF 360° procedure, which we believe
correlates to reduced pain and faster recoveries. Given the
associated low blood loss, patients generally do not need to
donate blood prior to undergoing procedures that utilize our
TranS1 approach.
|
|
|
•
|
Short Patient Hospital Stays. Patients
typically stay only one night in the hospital after receiving a
procedure performed using our TranS1 approach. In a small
percentage of cases, patients are able to return home the same
day.
|
|
|
•
|
Reduction in Patient Pain. We believe our
TranS1 approach is effective at reducing lower back pain because
surrounding soft tissue is not compromised, which prevents the
creation of scar tissue, a leading cause of pain.
|
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become a global leader in the treatment of
conditions affecting the L4/L5/S1 region of the lumbar spine
utilizing our TranS1 approach and associated products. To
achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
•
|
establish our TranS1 approach as a standard of care for lower
lumbar spine surgery;
|
|
|
•
|
expand our sales and marketing infrastructure to drive surgeon
adoption;
|
|
|
•
|
broaden the clinical applications of our TranS1
approach; and
|
|
|
•
|
opportunistically pursue acquisitions of complementary
businesses and technologies.
|
Risks
Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more
fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” following
this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
The potential reluctance or failure altogether of spine surgeons
to adopt our products as safe and effective alternatives to
existing surgical treatments of certain spine disorders given
that the efficacy of our products is not yet supported by
long-term clinical data.
|
|
|
•
|
Our limited operating history. We have incurred net losses since
our inception and, through June 30, 2007, we had an
accumulated deficit of $26.4 million. We may never achieve
profitability.
|
|
|
•
|
Our ability to develop, receive approval for, and introduce new
products or product enhancements. Some new products may require
lengthy clinical trials to support regulatory clearance or
approval and we may not successfully complete these clinical
trials.
|
|
|
•
|
Our ability to effectively maintain and prosecute adequate
intellectual property protection, obtain and maintain regulatory
clearances or approvals for our products, continue building
effective sales and marketing capabilities and the ability of
our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage and
reimbursement for their purchase of our products.
|
|
|
•
|
Our ability to compete with large international companies who
have greater resources in sales and marketing, manufacturing and
research and development than we do.
|
3
Corporate
Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in May 2000 under the name
“aXiaMed, Inc.” and changed our name to “TranS1
Inc.” in February 2003. Our principal executive office is
located at 411 Landmark Drive, Wilmington, North Carolina
28412-6303
and our telephone number is
(910) 332-1700.
Our website is located at www.trans1.com. The information on, or
that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by
reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to
be a part of this prospectus.
We own trademark registrations for the marks
TranS1®
and
AxiaLIF®
in the United States and the European Union. We own six pending
United States trademark applications in the United States for
the following marks: 3D Axial
RodTM,
TranS1
StructsureTM,
AxiaLIF
2LTM,
AxiaLIF
360°TM,
PNRTM
and TranS1
PDRTM,
and two pending trademark applications in the European Union for
the marks AxiaLIF 2L and AxiaLIF 360°.
4
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
5,500,000 shares |
|
|
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
18,776,481 shares |
|
|
|
Initial public offering price |
|
$15.00 per share |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to support
the commercialization of our existing and future products and to
support our research and development activities, clinical
trials, regulatory approvals and for capital expenditures,
working capital and other general corporate purposes. See
“Use of Proceeds.” |
|
|
|
Nasdaq Global Market symbol
|
|
TSON |
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
Investing in our common stock involves certain risks. See the
risk factors described under the heading “Risk
Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus and
the other information included in this prospectus for a
discussion of factors you should carefully consider before
deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
The number of shares of our common stock that will be
outstanding after this offering is based on
13,276,481 shares of our common stock outstanding as of
June 30, 2007, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
2,339,660 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise
of outstanding options under our existing Amended and Restated
2000 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price
of $1.74 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
1,400,000 shares of our common stock available for future
issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which is currently
effective, and 250,000 shares of our common stock available
for future grant under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
which has been adopted and will become effective upon the
completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
•
|
automatic annual increases in the number of shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
|
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus
assumes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
a 0.9-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock and
preferred stock on or before the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
•
|
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase
additional shares;
|
|
|
•
|
the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws effective
immediately upon the closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into
10,793,165 shares of our common stock immediately upon the
closing of this offering.
|
5
Summary
Financial Data
The following tables summarize our financial data for the
periods presented. The statements of operations data for the
years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been
derived from our audited financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data
for the year ended December 31, 2003 has been derived from
our audited financial statements not included in this
prospectus. The statement of operations data for the year ended
December 31, 2002 has been derived from our unaudited
financial statements not included in this prospectus. The
balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007 and the statements
of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2006
and 2007 have been derived from our unaudited financial
statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have
prepared the unaudited financial statements on the same basis as
our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, have
included all adjustments, which include only normal recurring
adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position
and results of our operations for each of the periods mentioned.
The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for any future periods and the results
for the six months ended June 30, 2007 should not be
considered indicative of results expected for the full fiscal
year. You should read the following financial information
together with the information under “Selected Financial
Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,469
|
|
|
$
|
5,812
|
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
|
$
|
7,187
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
1,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
4,232
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
1,620
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
2,444
|
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
2,094
|
|
|
|
2,278
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
9,288
|
|
|
|
3,950
|
|
|
|
6,837
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
2,710
|
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
6,372
|
|
|
|
14,700
|
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
10,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
(2,710
|
)
|
|
|
(3,621
|
)
|
|
|
(5,289
|
)
|
|
|
(10,468
|
)
|
|
|
(5,126
|
)
|
|
|
(4,470
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,624
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share — basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.91
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.67
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
|
1,637,719
|
|
|
|
2,046,753
|
|
|
|
2,127,855
|
|
|
|
2,243,018
|
|
|
|
2,423,223
|
|
|
|
2,418,152
|
|
|
|
2,467,547
|
|
Pro forma net loss per common share — basic and
diluted
(unaudited)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.31
|
)
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic and
diluted
(unaudited)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,216,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,260,712
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See note 2 of the notes to our financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the
determination of the number of shares used in computing per
share data. |
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
As
Adjusted(2)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
10,172
|
|
|
$
|
10,172
|
|
|
$
|
84,897
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
14,306
|
|
|
|
14,306
|
|
|
|
89,031
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
92,918
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
40,089
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
41,977
|
|
|
|
116,701
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(24,549
|
)
|
|
|
15,540
|
|
|
|
90,265
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma column gives effect to the conversion of all of
our outstanding preferred stock into 10,793,165 shares of
our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the
sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the
initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering costs payable by us. |
7
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as
well as the other information in this prospectus, before
deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. If any
of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition, operating results and prospects would suffer. In that
case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline
and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common
stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face.
Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we
currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our
operations and business results.
Risks
Related to Our Business
To be
commercially successful, spine surgeons must accept that our
products are a safe and effective alternative to existing
surgical treatments of certain spine disorders.
Our revenue is derived entirely from sales of our AxiaLIF
products and related surgical instruments. We expect that sales
of our AxiaLIF products will continue to account for
substantially all of our revenues for the foreseeable future. We
believe spine surgeons may not widely adopt our products unless
they determine, based on experience, long-term clinical data and
published peer reviewed journal articles, that our products
provide a safe and effective alternative to conventional
procedures used to treat certain spine disorders. Spine surgeons
may be slow to adopt our technology for the following reasons,
among others:
|
|
|
|
•
|
lack of long-term clinical data supporting additional patient
benefits;
|
|
|
•
|
lack of experience with our products;
|
|
|
•
|
lack of evidence supporting cost savings of our procedure over
existing surgical alternatives;
|
|
|
•
|
perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of
new products and procedures;
|
|
|
•
|
training time required to use a new product; and
|
|
|
•
|
availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement for
hospitals and surgeons.
|
If we are unable to effectively demonstrate to spine surgeons
the benefits of our products as compared to existing surgical
treatments of spine disorders and our products fail to achieve
market acceptance, our future revenues will be adversely
impacted. In addition, we believe recommendations and support of
our products by influential spine surgeons are essential for
market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support
from these spine surgeons or have favorable long-term clinical
data, spine surgeons may not use our products and our future
revenues will be harmed and our stock price would likely decline.
The
efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term
clinical data and may therefore prove to be less effective than
initially thought.
We obtained 510(k) clearance to manufacture, market and sell all
of our currently marketed products from the FDA. The FDA’s
510(k) clearance process is less costly and rigorous than the
premarket approval, or PMA, process and requires less supporting
clinical data. As a result, we currently lack the breadth of
published long-term clinical data supporting the efficacy of our
AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° products and the benefits they
offer that might have been generated in connection with the PMA
process. In addition, we may determine from post-market
experience that certain patient characteristics, such as age or
preexisting medical conditions, could affect fusion rates, which
could lead to misleading or contradictory data on the efficacy
of our products. For these reasons, spine surgeons may be slow
to adopt our products. Also, we may not be able to generate the
comparative data that our competitors have or are generating and
we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability
risks. Further, any long-term safety or efficacy data we
generate may not be consistent with our existing data and may
demonstrate less favorable safety or efficacy. These results
could reduce demand for our products, significantly reduce our
ability to achieve expected revenues and could prevent us from
becoming profitable. Moreover, if future results and experience
indicate that our products cause unexpected or
8
serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we
could be subject to significant legal and regulatory liability
and harm to our business reputation.
Our
future growth depends on increasing physician awareness of our
TranS1 approach and our related products for appropriate
treatment, intervention and referral.
We target our sales and education efforts to spine surgeons.
However, the initial point of contact for many patients may be
primary care physicians who commonly treat patients experiencing
lower lumbar spine pain. We believe that we must educate
physicians to change their screening and referral practices. If
we do not educate referring physicians about lower lumbar spine
conditions in general, and the existence of the TranS1 approach
and our related products in particular, they may not refer
patients who are candidates for the procedures utilizing our
TranS1 approach to spine surgeons, and those patients may go
untreated or receive conservative, non-operative therapies. If
we are not successful in educating physicians about screening
for lower lumbar spine conditions or about referral
opportunities, our ability to increase our revenue may be
impaired.
We
have a limited operating history and have incurred losses since
inception and we expect to incur increasing losses for the
foreseeable future. We may never achieve or sustain
profitability.
We were incorporated in May 2000 and began commercial sales of
our products in early 2005. We have incurred net losses since
our inception and through June 30, 2007, we had an
accumulated deficit of $26.4 million. To date, we have
financed our operations primarily through private placements of
our equity securities and have devoted substantially all of our
resources to research and development of our products and the
commercial launch of our AxiaLIF products. We expect our
expenses to increase significantly in connection with our
additional clinical trials and research and development
activities, as well as to support the expansion of our sales and
marketing efforts. Additionally, following this offering, our
general and administrative expense will increase due to the
additional operational and reporting costs associated with being
a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur
significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. These
losses will continue to have an adverse effect on our
stockholders’ equity and we may never achieve or sustain
profitability.
We are
in a highly competitive market segment, which is subject to
rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able
to develop and market products that are safer, more effective,
less costly or otherwise more attractive than any products that
we may develop, our ability to generate revenue will be reduced
or eliminated.
The market for treatment of spine disorders is highly
competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological
change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to
maintain a competitive position in the development of
technologies and products for use in the treatment of spine
disorders. We face competition from both established and
development stage companies. Many of the companies developing or
marketing competing products are publicly traded or are
divisions of publicly-traded companies, and these companies
enjoy several competitive advantages, including:
|
|
|
|
•
|
greater financial and human resources for product development,
sales and marketing and patent litigation;
|
|
|
•
|
significantly greater name recognition;
|
|
|
•
|
established relationships with spine surgeons, customers and
third-party payors;
|
|
|
•
|
additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates
or bundle products to offer greater discounts or incentives to
gain a competitive advantage;
|
|
|
•
|
established sales and marketing, and distribution
networks; and
|
9
|
|
|
|
•
|
greater experience in conducting research and development,
manufacturing, clinical trials, preparing regulatory submissions
and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and
marketing approved products.
|
Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products
earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for
competing products more rapidly than us, and develop more
effective or less expensive products or technologies that render
our technology or products obsolete or non-competitive. We also
compete with our competitors in recruiting and retaining
qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing
clinical trial sites and patient enrollment in clinical trials,
as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses
complementary to our products or advantageous to our business.
If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters,
our business may be harmed.
Our
failure to continue building effective sales and marketing
capabilities for our products could significantly impair our
ability to increase sales of our products.
We commercially launched our AxiaLIF product in 2005 and our
AxiaLIF 360° product in 2006 and have limited experience
marketing and selling our products. We utilize a hybrid model of
independent sales agents and direct sales representatives for
product sales in the United States and rely solely on
third-party distributors for international sales. We currently
employ 23 direct sales representatives and expect that we will
need to increase that number significantly to continue to grow
our business. We have limited experience managing a direct sales
force, which can be an expensive and time consuming process. If
we are unable to sufficiently increase the number of direct
sales representatives and efficiently manage those individuals,
our sales will suffer. We also rely on marketing arrangements
with independent sales agents in the United States and
independent distributors in Europe, in particular their sales
and service expertise and relationships with the customers in
the marketplace. We do not control, nor monitor the marketing
practices of, our independent sales agents or distributors and
they may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans
or complying with applicable laws regarding marketing practices.
Independent distributors and sales agents may terminate their
relationship with us, or devote insufficient sales efforts to
our products. Our failure to maintain our existing relationships
with our independent sales agents or distributors, or our
failure to recruit and retain additional skilled independent
sales distributors and sales agents or directly-employed sales
professionals, could have an adverse effect on our operations.
The
demand for our products and the prices which customers and
patients are willing to pay for our products depend upon the
ability of our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage
and reimbursement for their purchases of our
products.
Sales of our products depend in part on the availability of
adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and
private payors. In the United States, healthcare providers that
purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors,
principally Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance
plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees
associated with the AxiaLIF procedure. While our currently
marketed products are eligible for reimbursement in the United
States, if surgical procedures utilizing our products are
performed on an outpatient basis, it is possible that private
payors may no longer provide reimbursement for our products
without further supporting data on our procedure. Any delays in
obtaining, or an inability to obtain, adequate coverage or
reimbursement for procedures using our products could
significantly affect the acceptance of our products and have a
material adverse effect on our business. Additionally,
third-party payors continue to review their coverage policies
carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without
notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our
products. Our business would be negatively impacted to the
extent any such changes reduce reimbursement for our products.
With respect to coverage and reimbursement outside of the United
States, reimbursement systems in international markets vary
significantly by country, and by region within some countries,
and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a
country-by-country
basis and can take up to 18 months, or longer. Many
international markets have government-managed healthcare systems
that govern reimbursement for new devices and procedures. In
most markets, there are private insurance systems as well as
government-managed systems. Additionally, some foreign
reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given
period
10
and therefore result in extended payment periods. Reimbursement
in international markets may require us to undertake
country-specific reimbursement activities, including additional
clinical studies, which could be time consuming, expensive and
may not yield acceptable reimbursement rates.
Furthermore, healthcare costs have risen significantly over the
past decade. There have been and may continue to be proposals by
legislators, regulators and third-party payors to contain these
costs. These cost-control methods include prospective payment
systems, capitated rates, group purchasing, redesign of
benefits, requiring pre-authorizations or second opinions prior
to major surgery, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and
exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering
healthcare. Some healthcare providers in the United States have
adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the
providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a
fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may also attempt to
control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures
or by requiring the use of the least expensive devices possible.
These cost-control methods also potentially limit the amount
which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical
devices. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of
coverage and reimbursement for medical technology exists among
all these payors. Therefore, coverage of and reimbursement for
medical technology can differ significantly from payor to payor.
The continuing efforts of third-party payors, whether
governmental or commercial, whether inside the United States or
outside, to contain or reduce these costs, combined with closer
scrutiny of such costs, could restrict our customers’
ability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from these
third-party payors. The cost containment measures that
healthcare providers are instituting both in the United States
and internationally could harm our business by adversely
affecting the demand for our products or the price at which we
can sell our products.
Our
future success depends on our ability to timely develop, receive
regulatory clearance or approval, and introduce new products or
product enhancements that will be accepted by the
market.
It is important to our business that we continue to build a more
complete product offering for treatment of spine disorders. As
such, our success will depend in part on our ability to develop
and introduce new products and enhancements to our existing
products to keep pace with the rapidly changing spine market.
However, we may not be able to successfully develop and obtain
regulatory clearance or approval for product enhancements, or
new products or our future products, or these products may not
be accepted by spine surgeons or the payors who financially
support many of the procedures performed with our products.
The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an
existing product will depend on several factors, including our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
•
|
properly identify and anticipate spine surgeon and patient needs;
|
|
|
•
|
develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a
timely manner;
|
|
|
•
|
avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third
parties;
|
|
|
•
|
demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new
products with data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;
|
|
|
•
|
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new
products or product enhancements;
|
|
|
•
|
be fully
FDA-compliant
with marketing of new devices or modified products;
|
|
|
•
|
provide adequate training to potential users of our products;
|
|
|
•
|
receive adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures
performed with our products; and
|
|
|
•
|
develop an effective and
FDA-compliant,
dedicated marketing and distribution network.
|
If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in
time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand
for these products or enhancements, our results of operations
will suffer.
11
If
clinical trials of our current or future product candidates do
not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or
approval in the United States or elsewhere, we will be unable to
commercialize these products.
We have several product candidates in our development pipeline,
including our Percutaneous Nucleus Replacement, or PNR, and
Partial Disc Replacement, or PDR, devices which we expect will
require premarket approval, or PMA, from the FDA. In addition,
the FDA has indicated that our two-level AxiaLIF 2L
implant, which we anticipate will require 510(k) clearance, will
require additional safety and efficacy data beyond the typical
510(k) requirements prior to clearance. A PMA application must
be supported by extensive information including, technical data,
preclinical and clinical trial data, and manufacturing and
labeling information to demonstrate to the FDA’s
satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its
intended use. As a result, to receive regulatory approval for
our products requiring PMA approval, we must conduct, at our own
expense, adequate and well controlled clinical trials to
demonstrate efficacy and safety in humans for their intended
uses. Clinical testing is expensive, typically takes many years
and has an uncertain outcome. The initiation and completion of
any of these studies may be prevented, delayed or halted for
numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the FDA, institutional review boards or other regulatory
authorities do not approve a clinical study protocol, force us
to modify a previously approved protocol, or place a clinical
study on hold;
|
|
|
•
|
patients do not enroll in, or enroll at the expected rate, or
complete a clinical study;
|
|
|
•
|
patients or investigators do not comply with study protocols;
|
|
|
•
|
patients do not return for post-treatment
follow-up at
the expected rate;
|
|
|
•
|
patients experience serious or unexpected adverse side effects
for a variety of reasons that may or may not be related to our
products such as the advanced stage of co-morbidities that may
exist at the time of treatment, causing a clinical study to be
put on hold;
|
|
|
•
|
sites participating in an ongoing clinical study may withdraw,
requiring us to engage new sites;
|
|
|
•
|
difficulties or delays associated with bringing additional
clinical sites on-line;
|
|
|
•
|
third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in our
clinical studies, do not perform the clinical studies on the
anticipated schedule or consistent with the investigator
agreement, clinical study protocol, good clinical practices, and
other FDA and Institutional Review Board requirements;
|
|
|
•
|
third-party organizations do not perform data collection and
analysis in a timely or accurate manner;
|
|
|
•
|
regulatory inspections of our clinical studies require us to
undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical
studies;
|
|
|
•
|
changes in U.S. federal, state, or foreign governmental
statutes, regulations or policies;
|
|
|
•
|
interim results are inconclusive or unfavorable as to immediate
and long-term safety or efficacy; or
|
|
|
•
|
the study design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and
efficacy.
|
Clinical failure can occur at any stage of the testing. Our
clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results,
and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct
additional clinical
and/or
non-clinical testing in addition to those we have planned. Our
failure to adequately demonstrate the efficacy and safety of any
of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory clearance or
approval and, ultimately, the commercialization of that device.
Our
international operations subject us to certain operating risks,
which could adversely impact our net sales, results of
operations and financial condition.
Sales of our products outside the United States represented 6.2%
of our revenue in 2006. To date, we have sold our products in
the following countries outside of the United States: United
Kingdom, Spain, Sweden, Austria, Germany, Switzerland, Turkey,
the Netherlands, Belgium and Israel. The sale and shipment
12
of our products across international borders, as well as the
purchase of components and products from international sources,
subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental
trade, import and export, and custom regulations and laws.
Compliance with these regulations is costly and exposes us to
penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that
can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws,
including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and
anti-boycott laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal
and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways
that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal,
civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of
individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges,
seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business
activities, and exclusion or debarment from government
contracting. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal
and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our
shipping and sales activities.
In addition, many of the countries in which we sell our products
are, to some degree, subject to political, economic or social
instability. Our international operations expose us and our
distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign
jurisdictions. These risks include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental
controls or regulations;
|
|
|
•
|
the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing
requirements;
|
|
|
•
|
the imposition of U.S. or international sanctions against a
country, company, person or entity with whom we do business that
would restrict or prohibit continued business with the
sanctioned country, company, person or entity;
|
|
|
•
|
economic instability;
|
|
|
•
|
a shortage of high-quality sales people and distributors;
|
|
|
•
|
changes in third-party reimbursement policies that may require
some of the patients who receive our products to directly absorb
medical costs or that may necessitate the reduction of the
selling prices of our products;
|
|
|
•
|
changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other
non-tariff barriers to trade;
|
|
|
•
|
the imposition of new trade restrictions;
|
|
|
•
|
the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign
agents, representatives and distributors;
|
|
|
•
|
scrutiny of foreign tax authorities which could result in
significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed
on us;
|
|
|
•
|
pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;
|
|
|
•
|
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
|
|
|
•
|
longer payment cycles;
|
|
|
•
|
difficulties in maintaining consistency with our internal
guidelines;
|
|
|
•
|
difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables
through certain foreign legal systems; and
|
|
|
•
|
difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property
rights.
|
Any of these factors may adversely impact our operations. Our
international sales are predominately in Europe. In Europe,
healthcare regulation and reimbursement for medical devices vary
significantly from country to country. This changing environment
could adversely affect our ability to sell our products in some
European countries, which could negatively affect our results of
operations.
13
The
use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our image
in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to product
liability suits, which could be costly to our business or result
in FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in such
promotion.
Our currently marketed products have been cleared by the
FDA’s 510(k) clearance process for use under specific
circumstances for the treatment of certain lower lumbar spine
conditions. We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using
our products or procedure outside of those indications cleared
for use, known as off-label use. There may be increased risk of
injury if physicians attempt to use our products off-label. We
train our sales force not to promote our products for off-label
uses, and our instructions for use in all markets specify that
our products are not intended for use outside of those
indications cleared for use. Furthermore, the use of our
products for indications other than those indications for which
our products have been cleared by the FDA may not effectively
treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the
marketplace among physicians and patients. Physicians may also
misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not
adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an
increased risk of product liability. If our products are misused
or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly
litigation by our customers or their patients. Product liability
claims could divert management’s attention from our core
business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage
awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. If we
are deemed by FDA to have engaged in the promotion of any our
products for off-label use, we could be subject to FDA
prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products or
significant fines and penalties, and the imposition of these
sanctions could also affect our reputation and position within
the industry. Any of these events could harm our business and
results of operations and cause our stock to decline.
We
purchase some of the key components of our products from single
suppliers. The loss of these suppliers could prevent or delay
shipments of our products or delay our clinical trials or
otherwise adversely affect our business.
Some of the key components of our products and related services
are currently purchased from only single suppliers. We do not
have long-term contracts with the third-party suppliers of our
product components. If necessary or desirable, we could source
our product components and related services from other
suppliers. However, establishing additional or replacement
suppliers for these components, and obtaining any additional
regulatory clearances or approvals, if necessary, that may
result from adding or replacing suppliers, will take a
substantial amount of time and could result in increased costs
and impair our ability to produce our products, which would
adversely impact our business, operating results and prospects.
In addition, some of our products, which we acquire from third
parties, are highly technical and are required to meet exacting
specifications, and any quality control problems that we
experience with respect to the products supplied by third-party
vendors could adversely and materially affect our reputation,
our attempts to complete our clinical trials or
commercialization of our products. We may also have difficulty
obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are
acceptable to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, and the
failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced
regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action
including, warning letters, product recalls, termination of
distribution, product seizures or civil penalties, among others.
Furthermore, since some of these suppliers are located outside
of the United States, we are subject to foreign export laws and
U.S. import and customs statutes and regulations, which
complicate and could delay shipments of components to us.
If we experience any delay or deficiency in the quality of
products supplied to us by third-party suppliers, or if we have
to switch to replacement suppliers, we may face additional
regulatory delays and the manufacture and delivery of our
products would be interrupted for an extended period of time,
which would adversely affect our business, operating results and
prospects. In addition, we may be required to obtain prior
regulatory clearance or approval from the FDA or foreign
regulatory authorities to use different suppliers or components.
As a result, regulatory clearance or approval of our products
may not be received on a timely basis, or at all, and our
business, operating results and prospects would be harmed.
14
We
depend on our officers and other key employees, and if we are
not able to retain and motivate them or recruit additional
qualified personnel, our business will suffer.
We are highly dependent on our officers and other key employees.
Due to the specialized knowledge each of our officers and other
key employees possesses with respect to the treatment of spine
disorders and our operations, the loss of service of any of our
officers and other key employees could delay or prevent the
successful completion of our clinical trials, the growth of
revenue from existing products and the commercialization of our
new products. Each of our officers and key employees may
terminate his or her employment without notice and without cause
or good reason.
If we
fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business
could suffer.
The rapid growth of our business has placed a significant strain
on our managerial, operational and financial resources and
systems. To execute our anticipated growth successfully, we must
attract and retain qualified personnel and manage and train them
effectively. We must also upgrade our internal business
processes and capabilities to create the scalability that a
growing business demands. We will be dependent on our personnel
and third parties to accomplish this, as well as to effectively
market our products to an increasing number of spine surgeons.
We will also depend on our personnel to develop next generation
technologies.
Further, our anticipated growth will place additional strain on
our suppliers and manufacturers, resulting in increased need for
us to carefully monitor quality assurance. Any failure by us to
manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on
our ability to achieve our development and commercialization
goals.
We expect to rapidly expand our operations and grow our research
and development, product development, clinical, regulatory,
operations, sales and marketing and administrative functions.
Our growth will require hiring a significant number of qualified
clinical, scientific, regulatory, quality, commercial and
administrative personnel. Recruiting, motivating and retaining
such personnel will be critical to our success. There is intense
competition from other companies and research and academic
institutions for qualified personnel in the areas of our
activities. In addition, our operations are located in a
geographic region which historically does not have a large
number of medical device companies and it may be difficult to
convince qualified personnel to relocate to our area. If we fail
to identify, attract, retain and motivate these highly skilled
personnel, we may be unable to continue our development and
commercialization activities.
We may
need substantial additional funding beyond the proceeds of this
offering and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which
would force us to delay, reduce, eliminate or abandon our
commercialization efforts or product development
programs.
We may need to raise substantial additional capital to:
|
|
|
|
•
|
expand the commercialization of our products;
|
|
|
•
|
fund our operations and clinical trials;
|
|
|
•
|
continue our research and development;
|
|
|
•
|
defend, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe
third-party patents or other intellectual property rights;
|
|
|
•
|
address FDA or other governmental, legal/enforcement actions and
remediate underlying problems
|
|
|
•
|
commercialize our new products, if any such products receive
regulatory clearance or approval for commercial sale; and
|
|
|
•
|
acquire companies and in-license products or intellectual
property.
|
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together
with our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash
receipts generated from sales of our products, will be
sufficient to meet our anticipated cash
15
requirements for at least the next two years. However, our
future funding requirements will depend on many factors,
including:
|
|
|
|
•
|
market acceptance of our products;
|
|
|
•
|
the scope, rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials;
|
|
|
•
|
the cost of our research and development activities;
|
|
|
•
|
the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and
defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual
property rights;
|
|
|
•
|
the cost of defending, in litigation or otherwise, any claims
that we infringe third-party patent or other intellectual
property rights;
|
|
|
•
|
the cost and timing of additional regulatory clearances or
approvals;
|
|
|
•
|
the cost and timing of establishing additional sales, marketing
and distribution capabilities;
|
|
|
•
|
the effect of competing technological and market
developments; and
|
|
|
•
|
the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products
and technologies, although we currently have no commitments or
agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.
|
If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if
available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or
our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or
additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not
favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional
funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with
third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms
that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate
funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or
delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our
development programs.
If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds,
we may have to delay development or commercialization of our
products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize
products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to
commercialize. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer
support or other resources devoted to our products or cease
operations. Any of these factors could harm our operating
results.
If we
choose to acquire new businesses, products or technologies, we
may experience difficulty in the identification or integration
of any such acquisition, and our business may
suffer.
Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and
broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer
demands, competitive pressures and technologies. Accordingly, we
may in the future pursue the acquisition of complementary
businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them
ourselves. We have no current commitments with respect to any
acquisition or investment. We do not know if we will be able to
identify or complete any acquisitions, or whether we will be
able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or
technology or retain key employees. Integrating any business,
product or technology we acquire could be expensive and time
consuming, and could disrupt our ongoing business and distract
our management. If we are unable to integrate any acquired
businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business
will suffer. In addition, any amortization or charges resulting
from acquisitions could harm our operating results.
Consolidation
in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price
concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain
of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past
decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by
legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these
costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare
industry to create new companies with greater market power,
including hospitals. As
16
the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide
products and services to industry participants has become and
will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted
and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures
and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market
segments as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery
networks and large single accounts continue to use their market
power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our
customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation,
third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will
continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting
in further business consolidations and alliances among our
customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward
pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We
face the risk of product liability or other claims and may not
be able to obtain sufficient insurance coverage, if at
all.
Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims
that is inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of
implantable medical devices. We may be subject to product
liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have
caused, an injury or death. Claims may be made by patients,
consumers or healthcare providers. Although we have product
liability and clinical trial liability insurance that we believe
is appropriate for our current level of operations, this
insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations.
Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be
available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if
available, the coverages may not be adequate to protect us
against any future product liability claims. If we are unable to
obtain insurance at acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with
adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product
liability claims, we could be exposed to significant financial
and other liabilities, which may harm our business. A product
liability claim, product recall or other claim with respect to
uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured
liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and prospects.
We may be subject to claims against us even if the apparent
injury is due to the actions of others. For example, we rely on
the expertise of spine surgeons, nurses and other associated
medical personnel to perform the medical procedure and related
processes for our product. If these medical personnel are not
properly trained or are negligent in their provision of care,
the therapeutic effect of our products may be diminished or the
patient may suffer critical injury, which may subject us to
liability. In addition, an injury that is caused by the
activities of our suppliers may be the basis for a claim against
us.
In addition, medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing
coverage in certain regions or substantially increasing
premiums. In the event we become a defendant in a product
liability suit in which the treating surgeon or hospital does
not have adequate malpractice insurance, the likelihood of
liability being imposed on us could increase.
These liabilities could prevent, delay or otherwise adversely
interfere with our product commercialization efforts, and result
in judgments, fines, damages and other financial liabilities
which have adverse effects on our business, operating results
and prospects. Defending a suit, regardless of merit, could be
costly, could divert management’s attention from our
business and might result in adverse publicity, which could
result in the withdrawal of, or inability to recruit, clinical
trial patient participants or result in reduced acceptance of
our products in the market. In addition to adversely impacting
our business and prospects, such adverse publicity could
materially adversely affect our stock price.
If our
independent contract manufacturers fail to timely deliver to us
sufficient quantities of some of our products and components in
a timely manner, our operations may be harmed.
Our reliance on independent contract manufacturers to
manufacture most of our products and components involves several
risks, including:
|
|
|
|
•
|
inadequate capacity of the manufacturer’s facilities;
|
|
|
•
|
interruptions in access to certain process technologies; and
|
|
|
•
|
reduced control over product availability, quality, delivery
schedules, manufacturing yields and costs.
|
17
Shortages of raw materials, production capacity constraints or
delays by our contract manufacturers could negatively affect our
ability to meet our production obligations and result in
increased prices for affected parts. Any such reduction,
constraint or delay may result in delays in shipments of our
products or increases in the prices of components, either of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We do not have supply agreements with all of our current
contract manufacturers and we often utilize purchase orders,
which are subject to acceptance by the supplier. Failure to
accept purchase orders could result in an inability to obtain
adequate supply of our product or components in a timely manner
or on commercially reasonable terms.
An unanticipated loss of any of our contract manufacturers could
cause delays in our ability to deliver our products while we
identify and qualify a replacement manufacturer, which delays
could negatively impact our revenues.
We
operate at a single location. Any disruption in this facility or
any inability to ship a sufficient number of our products to
meet demand could adversely affect our business and results of
operations.
We operate at a single location in Wilmington, North Carolina.
Our facility may be affected by man-made or natural disasters,
such as a hurricane. While we currently rely on third parties to
manufacture, assemble, package, label and sterilize our products
and components, we might also be forced to rely on third parties
to inspect, warehouse or ship our products and components in the
event our facilities were affected by a disaster. Our facility,
if damaged or destroyed, could be difficult to replace and could
require substantial lead-time to repair or replace. In the case
of a device with a PMA approval, we might be required to obtain
prior FDA, or notified body, approval of an alternate facility,
which could delay or prevent our marketing of the affected
product until this supplemental approval is obtained. Although
we believe we possess adequate insurance for damage to our
property and the disruption of our business from casualties,
this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our
potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on
acceptable terms, or at all.
We
have no experience operating as a public company. Compliance
with public company requirements will increase our costs and
require additional management resources, and we still may fail
to comply.
We have operated as a private company and have not been subject
to many of the requirements applicable to public companies.
Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and
regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules related to
corporate governance and other matters subsequently adopted by
the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the Nasdaq
Global Market, will result in increased administrative, legal
and accounting costs. The impact of these events and heightened
corporate governance standards could also make it more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board of directors, our board committees or as executive
officers. As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, the SEC adopted rules requiring public companies to
include a report of management on the company’s internal
controls over financial reporting in their annual reports on
Form 10-K.
In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm
auditing a company’s financial statements must attest to
and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness
of a company’s internal control over financial reporting.
We may be unable to comply with these requirements by the
applicable deadlines, beginning with our
Form 10-K
for the period ending December 31, 2008. Both we and our
independent registered public accounting firm will be testing
our internal controls over financial reporting in connection
with Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that
documentation and testing, identify material weaknesses,
significant deficiencies or other areas requiring further
attention or improvement, which could cause investors to lose
confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial
reports, which would have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Changes
to existing accounting pronouncements regarding stock-based
compensation may affect how we conduct our business and affect
our reported results of operations.
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), or
FAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which
requires that stock options be expensed. As of December 31,
18
2006, total compensation cost related to non-vested stock
options was $2.5 million, which is expected to be
recognized over the vesting period of the options. We rely
heavily on stock options to motivate current employees and to
attract new employees. As a result of the requirement to expense
stock options, we may choose to reduce our reliance on stock
options as a motivational tool. If we reduce our use of stock
options, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain
qualified employees. However, if we do not reduce our reliance
on stock options, our reported net losses may increase, which
may have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Risks
Related to Regulatory Environment
If we
fail to maintain regulatory approvals and clearances, or are
unable to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining,
FDA clearances or approvals for our future products or product
modifications, our ability to commercially distribute and market
these products could suffer.
Our products are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and
numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental
authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or
approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time
consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or
approvals on a timely basis, if at all. In particular, the FDA
permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only
after the device has received clearance under
Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act,
or is the subject of an approved PMA. The FDA will clear
marketing of a non-exempt lower risk medical device through the
510(k) process if the manufacturer demonstrates that the new
product is substantially equivalent to other legally marketed
products not requiring PMA approval. High risk devices deemed to
pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining,
life-supporting, or implantable devices, or devices not deemed
substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, require a
PMA. The PMA process is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than
the 510(k) clearance process. A PMA application must be
supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to,
technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and
labeling data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the
safety and efficacy of the device for its intended use. Our
currently commercialized products have been cleared through the
510(k) process. However, we expect to submit a PMA for each of
our PNR and PDR devices currently under development. In
addition, the FDA has indicated that our
two-level AxiaLIF 2L implant, which we anticipate will
require 510(k) clearance, will require additional safety and
efficacy data beyond that typically required for a 510(k)
clearance.
Our failure to comply with U.S. federal, state and foreign
governmental regulations could lead to the imposition of
injunctions, suspensions or loss of regulatory clearance or
approvals, product recalls, termination of distribution, product
seizures or civil penalties, among other things. In the most
extreme cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our
manufacturing facility are possible.
Foreign governmental authorities that regulate the manufacture
and sale of medical devices have become increasingly stringent
and, to the extent we market and sell our products
internationally, we may be subject to rigorous international
regulation in the future. In these circumstances, we would rely
significantly on our foreign independent distributors to comply
with the varying regulations, and any failures on their part
could result in restrictions on the sale of our products in
foreign countries.
Modifications
to our marketed products may require new 510(k) clearances or
PMA approvals, or may require us to cease marketing or recall
the modified products until clearances or approvals are
obtained.
Any modification to our currently marketed 510(k)-cleared device
that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that
would constitute a change in its intended use, requires a new
510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every
manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance,
but the FDA may review the manufacturer’s decision. The FDA
may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new
clearances or approvals are necessary. If the FDA requires us to
seek 510(k) clearance or a PMA for any modification to a
previously cleared product, we may be required to cease
marketing and distributing, or to recall the modified product
until we obtain such clearance or approval, and we may be
subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Further,
our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines,
for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective
because they are in violation of the FDCA. Any recall or
19
FDA requirement that we seek additional approvals or clearances
could result in significant delays, fines, increased costs
associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and
potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA.
Clinical
trials necessary to support a PMA application will be expensive
and will require the enrollment of large numbers of patients,
and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit.
Delays or failures in our clinical trials will prevent us from
commercializing any modified or new products and will adversely
affect our business, operating results and
prospects.
Initiating and completing clinical trials necessary to support a
PMA application for our PNR and PDR devices, and additional
safety and efficacy data beyond that typically required for a
510(k) clearance for our two-level AxiaLIF 2L implant,
as well as other possible future product candidates, will be
time consuming and expensive and the outcome uncertain.
Moreover, the results of early clinical trials are not
necessarily predictive of future results, and any product we
advance into clinical trials may not have favorable results in
later clinical trials.
Conducting successful clinical studies will require the
enrollment of large numbers of patients, and suitable patients
may be difficult to identify and recruit. Patient enrollment in
clinical trials and completion of patient participation and
follow-up
depends on many factors, including the size of the patient
population, the nature of the trial protocol, the attractiveness
of, or the discomforts and risks associated with, the treatments
received by enrolled subjects, the availability of appropriate
clinical trial investigators, support staff, and proximity of
patients to clinical sites. For example, patients may be
discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial
protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment
procedures or
follow-up to
assess the safety and effectiveness of our products or if they
determine that the treatments received under the trial protocols
are not attractive or involve unacceptable risks or discomforts.
Patients may also not participate in our clinical trials if they
choose to participate in contemporaneous clinical trials of
competitive products. In addition, patients participating in
clinical trials may die before completion of the trial or suffer
adverse medical events unrelated to investigational products.
Development of sufficient and appropriate clinical protocols and
data to demonstrate safety and efficacy are required and we may
not adequately develop such protocols to support clearance and
approval. Further, the FDA may require us to submit data on a
greater number of patients than we originally anticipated
and/or for a
longer
follow-up
period or change the data collection requirements or data
analysis applicable to our clinical trials. Delays in patient
enrollment or failure of patients to continue to participate in
a clinical trial may cause an increase in costs and delays in
the clearance or approval and attempted commercialization of our
products or result in the failure of the clinical trial. In
addition, despite considerable time and expense invested in our
clinical trials, FDA may not consider our data adequate to
demonstrate safety and efficacy. Such increased costs and delays
or failures could adversely affect our business, operating
results and prospects.
If the
third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical trials
and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as
contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain
regulatory clearance or approval for or commercialize our
products.
We do not have the ability to independently conduct our
pre-clinical and clinical trials for our products and we must
rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations,
medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract
laboratories to conduct such trials. If these third parties do
not successfully perform their contractual duties or regulatory
obligations or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties
need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data
they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our
clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other
reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical
trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we
may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for,
or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis,
if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may
be adversely affected. Furthermore, our third-party clinical
trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical
trials for reasons outside of their control.
20
Even
if our products are approved by regulatory authorities, if we or
our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing FDA or other foreign
regulatory authority requirements, or if we experience
unanticipated problems with our products, these products could
be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the
market.
Any product for which we obtain clearance or approval, and the
manufacturing processes, reporting requirements, post-approval
clinical data and labeling and promotional activities for such
product, will be subject to continued regulatory review,
oversight and periodic inspections by the FDA and other domestic
and foreign regulatory bodies. In particular, we and our
suppliers are required to comply with the Quality System
Regulations, or QSR, and International Standards Organization,
or ISO, regulations for the manufacture of our products and
other regulations which cover the methods and documentation of
the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance,
labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of any product for
which we obtain clearance or approval. Regulatory bodies enforce
the QSR and ISO regulations through inspections. The failure by
us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable statutes
and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory
bodies, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any
adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues,
could result in, among other things, any of the following
enforcement actions:
|
|
|
|
•
|
warning letters or untitled letters;
|
|
|
•
|
fines and civil penalties;
|
|
|
•
|
unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions;
|
|
|
•
|
delays in clearing or approving, or refusal to clear or approve,
our products;
|
|
|
•
|
withdrawal or suspension of approval of our products or those of
our third-party suppliers by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;
|
|
|
•
|
product recall or seizure;
|
|
|
•
|
orders for physician notification or device repair, replacement
or refund;
|
|
|
•
|
interruption of production;
|
|
|
•
|
operating restrictions;
|
|
|
•
|
injunctions; and
|
|
|
•
|
criminal prosecution.
|
If any of these actions were to occur it would harm our
reputation and cause our product sales to suffer and may prevent
us from generating revenue. Furthermore, our key component
suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in
compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements which
could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely
basis and in the required quantities, if at all.
Even if regulatory clearance or approval of a product is
granted, such clearance or approval may be subject to
limitations on the intended uses for which the product may be
marketed and reduce our potential to successfully commercialize
the product and generate revenue from the product. If the FDA
determines that our promotional materials, labeling, training or
other marketing or educational activities constitute promotion
of an unapproved use, it could request that we cease or modify
our training educational, labeling or promotional materials or
subject us to regulatory enforcement actions. It is also
possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement
authorities might take action if they consider our training
educational, labeling or other promotional materials to
constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in
significant fines or penalties under other statutory
authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for
reimbursement.
In addition, we may be required to conduct costly post-market
testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness
of our products, and we must comply with medical device
reporting requirements, including the reporting of adverse
events and certain malfunctions related to our products. Later
discovery of previously unknown problems with our products,
including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of
unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or
failure to comply with regulatory requirements
21
such as the QSR or GMP, may result in changes to labeling,
restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes,
withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or
mandatory recalls, a requirement to repair, replace or refund
the cost of any medical device we manufacture or distribute,
fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures,
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties
which would adversely affect our business, operating results and
prospects.
We may
be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state
healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse and health
information privacy and security laws, and could face
substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such
laws.
Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims
for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from
Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors for our products
or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare
regulation by federal and state governments could significantly
impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse and health
information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to
our operations include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the federal Anti-Kickback Law, which constrains our marketing
practices and those of our independent sales agents and
distributors, educational programs, pricing policies, and
relationships with healthcare providers, by prohibiting, among
other things, soliciting, receiving, offering or providing
remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation
of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare
program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);
|
|
|
•
|
federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things,
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for
payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors
that are false or fraudulent;
|
|
|
•
|
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
of 1996, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which
created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme
to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false
statements relating to healthcare matters and which also imposes
certain regulatory and contractual requirements regarding the
privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable
health information; and
|
|
|
•
|
state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as
anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or
services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including
commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of
certain health information, many of which differ from each other
in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus
complicating compliance efforts.
|
If our past or present operations, or those of our independent
sales agents and distributors, are found to be in violation of
any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may
apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and
criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal
healthcare programs
and/or the
curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if
the healthcare providers or entities with whom we do business
are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be
subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on
us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring
of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate
our business and our financial results. The risk of our being
found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that
many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory
authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a
variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation
of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them,
could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert
our management’s attention from the operation of our
business.
Risks
Related to Our Intellectual Property
Our
ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary
technology through patents and other means is
uncertain.
Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our
proprietary rights to the procedures created with, and the
technologies used in, our products. We rely on patent
protection, as well as a combination of
22
copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure,
confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect
our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford
only limited protection and may not adequately protect our
rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.
For example, our pending United States and foreign patent
applications may not be approved, may not issue as patents in a
form that will be advantageous to us, or may issue and be
subsequently successfully challenged by others and invalidated.
In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to
material aspects of our products and procedures that are not
currently protected by issued patents. Both the patent
application process and the process of managing patent disputes
can be time consuming and expensive. The patents we own may not
be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any
meaningful protection or commercial advantage, and competitors
may be able to design around our patents or develop products
which provide outcomes which are comparable to ours. Although we
have taken steps to protect our intellectual property and
proprietary technology, including entering into confidentiality
agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with
our officers, employees, consultants and advisors, such
agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful
protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary
information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or
other breaches of such agreements. Furthermore, the laws of some
foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property
rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.
We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to
distinguish our products from the products of our competitors,
and have registered or applied to register many of these
trademarks. However, our trademark applications may not be
approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark
applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks.
In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we
could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in
loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote
resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, our
competitors may infringe our trademarks, or we may not have
adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other
intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be
costly, difficult and time consuming. Even if successful,
litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to
defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time
consuming and could divert our management’s attention. We
may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual
property rights or to defend our patents or other intellectual
property rights against a challenge.
Any
lawsuit, whether initiated by us to enforce our intellectual
property rights or by a third party against us alleging
infringement, may cause us to expend significant financial and
other resources, and may divert our attention from our business
and adversely affect our business, operating results and
prospects.
The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of
a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on
allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can
involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is
uncertain. Any claim relating to infringement of patents that is
successfully asserted against us may require us to pay
substantial damages. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation
could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the
attention of our management and key personnel from our business
operations. Our success will also depend in part on our not
infringing patents issued to others, including our competitors
and potential competitors. If our products are found to infringe
the patents of others, our development, manufacture and sale of
such products could be severely restricted or prohibited. In
addition, our competitors may independently develop similar
technologies. Because of the importance of our patent portfolio
and unpatented proprietary technology to our business, we may
lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our
patent rights.
As the number of entrants into our market increases, the
possibility of a patent infringement claim against us grows. Our
products and methods may be covered by patents held by our
competitors. Some of our competitors have considerable resources
available to them to engage in this type of litigation. We, on
the other hand, are an early stage company with comparatively
few resources available to us to engage in costly and protracted
litigation. Because some patent applications are maintained in
secrecy for a period of time after they are filed, there is a
risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a
pending patent application, which technology would infringe a
third-party patent once that patent is issued. In addition, our
competitors may assert that future products we may market
infringe their patents.
23
A patent infringement suit or other infringement or
misappropriation claim brought against us or any of our
strategic partners or licensees may force us or any of our
strategic partners or licensees to stop or delay developing,
manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to
infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that
party grants us or any strategic partners or licensees rights to
use its intellectual property. In such cases, we may be required
to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in
order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may
not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or
proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at
all. Even if our strategic partners or licensees or we were able
to obtain rights to the third party’s intellectual
property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our
competitors access to the same intellectual property.
Ultimately, we may be unable to commercialize some of our
potential products or may have to cease some of our business
operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which
could severely harm our business.
In any infringement lawsuit, a third party could seek to enjoin,
or prevent, us from commercializing our existing or future
products,
and/or may
seek damages from us, and any such lawsuit would likely be
expensive for us to defend against. A court may determine that
patents held by third parties are valid and infringed by us and
we may be required to:
|
|
|
|
•
|
pay damages, including, but not limited to, treble damages and
attorneys’ fees, which may be substantial;
|
|
|
•
|
cease the development, manufacture, use and sale of products
that infringe the patent rights of others, through a
court-imposed sanction called an injunction;
|
|
|
•
|
expend significant resources to redesign our technology so that
it does not infringe others’ patent rights, or develop or
acquire non-infringing intellectual property, which may not be
possible;
|
|
|
•
|
discontinue manufacturing or other processes incorporating
infringing technology; or
|
|
|
•
|
obtain licenses to the infringed intellectual property, which
may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
|
Any development or acquisition of non-infringing products or
technology or licenses could require the expenditure of
substantial time and other resources and could have a material
adverse effect on our business and financial results. If we are
required to, but cannot, obtain a license to valid patent rights
held by a third party, we would likely be prevented from
commercializing the relevant product. We believe that it is
unlikely that we would be able to obtain a license to any
necessary patent rights controlled by companies against which we
would, directly or indirectly, compete. If we need to redesign
products to avoid third-party patents, we may suffer significant
regulatory delays associated with conducting additional studies
or submitting technical, manufacturing or other information
related to the redesigned product and, ultimately, in obtaining
regulatory approval.
Risks
Related to this Offering
Our
common stock has not been publicly traded and an active trading
market may not develop, and we expect that the price of our
common stock will fluctuate substantially.
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. An active public trading market may not develop
after completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be
sustained. Accordingly, you may not be able to sell your shares
quickly or at the market price if trading in our stock is not
active. We and representatives of the underwriters will
determine the initial public offering price of our common stock
through negotiation. The price of the common stock sold in this
offering will not necessarily reflect the market price of our
common stock after this offering. In addition, the trading price
of our common stock following this offering is likely to be
highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in
response to various factors, some of which are beyond our
control. These factors include those discussed in the “Risk
Factors” section of this prospectus and others such as:
|
|
|
|
•
|
announcements relating to litigation or our commencement of, or
involvement in, litigation;
|
|
|
•
|
any major change in our board of directors or management;
|
24
|
|
|
|
•
|
the announcement of new products, acquisitions, commercial
relationships, or service enhancements by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
•
|
failure to achieve certain milestones within certain timeframes,
if at all;
|
|
|
•
|
quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ operating
results;
|
|
|
•
|
changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions,
recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve
analysts’ earning estimates; and
|
|
|
•
|
general economic and market conditions and other factors
unrelated to our operating performance or the operating
performance of our competitors.
|
These and other factors may materially and adversely affect the
market price of our common stock.
New
investors in our common stock will experience immediate and
substantial dilution after this offering.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is
substantially higher than the book value per share of our common
stock. Purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering
will incur immediate dilution of $10.19 in net tangible
book value per share of common stock, based on the initial
public offering price of $15.00 per share. Following this
offering, purchasers in this offering will have contributed
64.8% of a total consideration paid by stockholders to us for
the purchase of shares of our common stock. Investors will incur
additional dilution upon the exercise of stock options.
A sale
of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may cause
the price of our common stock to decline.
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock
in the public market after this offering, including shares
issued upon the exercise of options, the market price of our
common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of
June 30, 2007, we will have outstanding a total of
18,776,481 shares of our common stock upon the completion
of this offering, an increase of 41% from the number of shares
outstanding prior to the offering. Of these shares, only the
5,500,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering
will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public
market. Our underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit
our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are
subject to contractual
lock-ups to
sell shares prior to the expiration of their
lock-up
agreements. Thus, there will be 13,276,481 shares of our
common stock eligible for sale beginning 180 days after the
date of this prospectus upon the expiration of
lock-up
arrangements between our stockholders and underwriters, although
these
lock-up
agreements may be extended for up to an additional 34 days
under certain circumstances. After the
lock-up
agreements expire, these shares will be eligible for sale in the
public market, of which 9,840,035 shares are held by
directors, executive officers and other affiliates and are
subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. In addition, the 2,339,660 shares of our
common stock that are subject to outstanding options as of
June 30, 2007 will be eligible for sale in the public
market to the extent permitted by the provisions of the various
vesting agreements, the
lock-up
agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.
If these additional shares are sold, or it is perceived they
will be sold, the trading price of our common stock could
decline. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to
sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time
and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate.
Our
directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant
voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best
interests of our other stockholders.
After this offering, our officers, directors and principal
stockholders, each holding more than 5% of our common stock,
will collectively control approximately 42.1% of our outstanding
common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act
together, will be able to control the management and affairs of
our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval,
including the election of directors and approval of significant
corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have
the effect of delaying or preventing a change
25
in control and might adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. This concentration of ownership may not be in the
best interests of our other stockholders.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
reports about our business, if they change their recommendations
regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not
meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume
could decline.
The trading market for our stock will likely be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us or our business. If one or more of these
analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us
regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets,
which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to
decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us
downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet
their expectations, our stock price could decline.
We
have broad discretion in the use of proceeds of this offering
for working capital and general corporate
purposes.
The net proceeds of this offering will be allocated to expanding
our sales and marketing efforts for our products, clinical
trials, research and development projects, and infrastructure,
and working capital and general corporate purposes, as well as
to potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, products
or technologies. Our management will have broad discretion over
the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering
within those categories, and, accordingly, investors in this
offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management
with respect to the use of proceeds, with only limited
information concerning management’s specific intentions.
Volatility
in the stock price of other companies may contribute to
volatility in our stock price.
The Nasdaq Global Market, particularly in recent years, has
experienced significant volatility with respect to medical
technology, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science
company stocks. The volatility of medical technology,
pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science company
stocks often does not relate to the operating performance of the
companies represented by the stock. Further, there has been
particular volatility in the market price of securities of early
stage life science companies. These broad market and industry
factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock,
regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following
periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s
securities, securities class action litigation has often been
instituted. A securities class action suit against us could
result in substantial costs, potential liabilities and the
diversion of management’s attention and resources.
Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and
restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could
discourage a takeover.
Anti-takeover provisions of our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law
may have the effect of deterring or delaying attempts by our
stockholders to remove or replace management, engage in proxy
contests and effect changes in control. The provisions of our
charter documents include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
a classified board so that only one of the three classes of
directors on our board of directors is elected each year;
|
|
|
•
|
procedures for advance notification of stockholder director
nominations and proposals;
|
|
|
•
|
the ability of our board of directors to amend our bylaws
without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
•
|
a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending
certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws; and
|
|
|
•
|
the ability of our board of directors to issue up to
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock without stockholder
approval upon the terms and conditions and with the rights,
privileges and preferences as our board of directors may
determine.
|
26
In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits
a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination
with any interested stockholder for a period of three years
following the date that the stockholder became an interested
stockholder unless certain specific requirements are met as set
forth in Section 203. These provisions, alone or together,
could have the effect of deterring or delaying changes in
incumbent management, proxy contests or changes in control. See
the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” in
this prospectus.
We
have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay
dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be
limited to the value of our stock.
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to
finance the growth and development of our business and we do not
expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be
at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on
our financial condition, results of operations, capital
requirements, restrictions contained in current or future
financing instruments and other factors our board of directors
deems relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our stock may be
less valuable to you because a return on your investment will
only occur if our stock price appreciates.
27
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties, principally in the sections entitled
“Summary,” “Risk Factors,”
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of
Proceeds” and “Business.” All statements other
than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus,
including statements regarding future events, our future
financial performance, business strategy and plans and
objectives of management for future operations, are
forward-looking statements. We have attempted to identify
forward-looking statements by terminology including
“anticipates,” “believes,” “can,”
“continue,” “could,” “estimates,”
“expects,” “intends,” “may,”
“plans,” “potential,” “predicts,”
“should” or “will” or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology. Although we do not make
forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a
reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their
accuracy. These statements are only predictions and involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors,
including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” or
elsewhere in this prospectus, which may cause our or our
industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing
environment. New risks emerge from time to time and it is not
possible for us to predict all risk factors, nor can we address
the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which
any factor, or combination of factors, may cause our actual
results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements.
You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statement, each of which applies only as of the date of this
prospectus. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be
aware that the occurrence of the events described in the section
entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this
prospectus could negatively affect our business, operating
results, financial condition and stock price. Except as required
by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly
any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this
prospectus to conform our statements to actual results or
changed expectations.
28
Based upon the initial public offering price of $15.00, we
estimate the net proceeds to us from the sale of
5,500,000 shares of common stock that we are selling in
this offering will be approximately $74.7 million, after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the
underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is
exercised in full, we estimate we will receive net proceeds of
approximately $86.2 million.
Of the net proceeds from this offering, we expect to use
approximately:
|
|
|
|
•
|
$30.0 million for sales and marketing initiatives to
support the commercialization of our existing and any future
products; and
|
|
|
•
|
$10.0 million to support our research and development
activities, clinical trials and obtaining necessary regulatory
approvals.
|
We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from this
offering for capital expenditures, working capital and general
corporate purposes. The amounts actually spent for these
purposes may vary significantly and will depend on a number of
factors, including our operating costs and other factors
described under “Risk Factors.” While we have no
present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into
any potential acquisitions, we may also use a portion of the net
proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies
or products that complement our business. Accordingly,
management will retain broad discretion as to the allocation of
the net proceeds of this offering.
Pending the uses described above, we will invest the net
proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether the
proceeds will yield a favorable return.
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to
finance the growth and development of our business and we do not
expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be
at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on
our financial condition, results of operations, capital
requirements, restrictions contained in current or future
financing instruments and other factors our board of directors
deems relevant.
29
You should read this capitalization table in conjunction with
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
June 30, 2007 on:
|
|
|
|
•
|
an actual basis;
|
|
|
•
|
a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all of our
outstanding preferred stock into 10,793,165 shares of our
common stock immediately upon the closing of this
offering; and
|
|
|
•
|
a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the sale
of 5,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at
the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering costs payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
|
|
|
|
and par value data)
|
|
|
Preferred Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock; $0.0001 par value;
1,125,000 shares authorized, 1,125,000 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
$
|
956
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Series AA preferred stock; $0.0001 par value;
1,260,000 shares authorized, 1,259,999 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Series B preferred stock; $0.0001 par value;
4,909,091 shares authorized, 4,909,082 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
11,894
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Series C preferred stock; $0.0001 par value;
3,499,091 shares authorized, 3,499,084 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
25,545
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized,
no shares issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Common stock; $0.0001 par value, 17,100,000 shares
authorized, 2,483,316 issued and outstanding, actual and
13,276,481 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;
75,000,000 shares authorized, 18,776,481 issued and
outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
41,977
|
|
|
|
116,701
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(24,549
|
)
|
|
|
15,540
|
|
|
|
90,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
15,540
|
|
|
$
|
15,540
|
|
|
$
|
90,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
The information in the table above excludes, as of June 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
•
|
2,339,660 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise
of outstanding options under our existing Amended and Restated
2000 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price
of $1.74 per share;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
1,400,000 shares of our common stock available for future
issuance under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which is currently
effective, and 250,000 shares of our common stock available
for future grant under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
which has been adopted and will become effective upon the
completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
•
|
automatic annual increases in the number of shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
|
31
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will
be diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering
price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net as
adjusted tangible book value per share of our common stock after
this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share
represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common
stock immediately after the completion of this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007
was $(24.5) million, or $(9.89) per share of common stock,
not taking into account the conversion of our outstanding
preferred stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of
June 30, 2007 was approximately $15.5 million, or
$1.17 per share of common stock, after giving effect to the
conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into
shares of our common stock.
After giving effect to the conversion of all of our preferred
stock and the sale of the 5,500,000 shares of our common
stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of
$15.00 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering costs payable by us, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 would
have been approximately $90.3 million, or approximately
$4.81 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net
tangible book value of $3.64 per share to existing stockholders
and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $10.19
per share to new investors of common stock in this offering. The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2007
|
|
$
|
(9.89
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share
attributable to conversion of preferred stock
|
|
|
11.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2007
|
|
|
1.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
attributable to this offering
|
|
|
3.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to
825,000 additional shares in this offering, our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2007 will be $5.19, representing an immediate increase in pro
forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this
offering of $4.02 to our existing investors and an immediate
dilution per share to new investors in this offering of $9.81.
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted
basis, as of June 30, 2007, the differences between the
number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid, and the weighted average price per share
paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing
shares of our common stock in this offering, before deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses
payable by us at the initial public offering price of $15.00 per
share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
13,276,481
|
|
|
|
70.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,565,000
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
3.06
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
5,500,000
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
|
|
|
82,500,000
|
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
18,776,481
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
123,065,000
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares in full, our existing stockholders would own
approximately 67.7% and our new investors would own
approximately 32.3% of the total number of shares of our common
stock outstanding after this offering.
The preceding discussion and tables above assume the conversion
of all our outstanding shares of preferred stock into
10,793,165 shares of common stock immediately upon the
closing of this offering, and excludes, as of June 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
•
|
2,339,660 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options under our existing Amended and Restated 2000 Stock
Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.74
per share;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
1,400,000 shares available for future issuance under our
2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which is currently effective, and
250,000 shares available for future grant under our 2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which has been adopted and will
become effective upon the completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
•
|
automatic annual increases in the number of shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
|
Because the exercise prices of the outstanding options are
significantly below the initial public offering price of $15.00
per share, investors purchasing common stock in this offering
will suffer additional dilution when and if these options are
exercised. Assuming the exercise in full of the 2,339,660
outstanding options, pro forma net tangible book value before
this offering at June 30, 2007 would be $1.26 per share,
representing an immediate increase of $0.09 per share to our
existing stockholders, and, after giving effect to the sale of
shares of common stock in this offering, there would be an
immediate dilution of $10.53 per share to new investors in this
offering.
Assuming all outstanding options are fully exercised, our
existing stockholders would, after this offering, before
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
expenses payable by us at the initial public offering price of
$15.00 per share, own approximately 74% of the total number of
outstanding shares of our common stock while contributing 35.1%
of the total consideration for all shares, and our new investors
would own approximately 26% of the total number of outstanding
shares of our common stock while contributing 64.9% of the total
consideration for all shares, all as depicted in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
15,616,141
|
|
|
|
74.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
44,632,394
|
|
|
|
35.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
2.86
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
5,500,000
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
71,500,000
|
|
|
|
64.9
|
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
21,116,141
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
127,132,394
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to
market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe
we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating
plans. If additional capital is raised through the sale of
equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these
securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
33
The statements of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the balance sheet
data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived
from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The statement of operations data for the year ended
December 31, 2003, and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2003 and 2004, have been derived from our
audited financial statements that do not appear in this
prospectus. The statement of operations data for the year ended,
and the balance sheet data as of, December 31, 2002, have
been derived from our unaudited financial statements not
included in this prospectus. The statements of operations data
for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, and the
balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and 2007, have been
derived from our unaudited financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. This unaudited interim financial
information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited
annual financial statements and, in our opinion, reflects all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial
position as of June 30, 2007 and operating results for the
periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2006. The historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected for any future periods and the results for the six
months ended June 30, 2007 should not be considered
indicative of results expected for the fiscal year 2007. You
should read the following financial information together with
the information under “Management’s Discussions and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and our financial statements and the notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,469
|
|
|
$
|
5,812
|
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
|
$
|
7,187
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
1,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
4,232
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
|
1,620
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
2,444
|
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
2,094
|
|
|
|
2,278
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
9,288
|
|
|
|
3,950
|
|
|
|
6,837
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
2,710
|
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
6,372
|
|
|
|
14,700
|
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
10,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,044
|
)
|
|
|
(2,710
|
)
|
|
|
(3,621
|
)
|
|
|
(5,289
|
)
|
|
|
(10,468
|
)
|
|
|
(5,126
|
)
|
|
|
(4,470
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,025
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,624
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share — basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.91
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.67
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and
diluted(1)
|
|
|
1,637,719
|
|
|
|
2,046,753
|
|
|
|
2,127,855
|
|
|
|
2,243,018
|
|
|
|
2,423,223
|
|
|
|
2,418,152
|
|
|
|
2,467,547
|
|
Pro forma net loss per common share — basic and
diluted
(unaudited)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.31
|
)
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic
and diluted
(unaudited)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,216,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,260,712
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See note 2 of the notes to our financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the
determination of the number of shares used in computing per
share data. |
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro
Forma(1)
|
|
|
As
Adjusted(2)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
10,283
|
|
|
$
|
6,708
|
|
|
$
|
25,994
|
|
|
$
|
14,962
|
|
|
$
|
10,172
|
|
|
$
|
10,172
|
|
|
$
|
84,897
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
10,193
|
|
|
|
6,674
|
|
|
|
26,695
|
|
|
|
17,448
|
|
|
|
14,306
|
|
|
|
14,306
|
|
|
|
89,031
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
10,461
|
|
|
|
7,139
|
|
|
|
28,013
|
|
|
|
20,004
|
|
|
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
92,918
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
14,544
|
|
|
|
14,544
|
|
|
|
40,089
|
|
|
|
40,089
|
|
|
|
40,089
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
41,977
|
|
|
|
116,701
|
|
Total stockholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(1,613
|
)
|
|
|
(4,215
|
)
|
|
|
(7,680
|
)
|
|
|
(12,654
|
)
|
|
|
(21,529
|
)
|
|
|
(24,549
|
)
|
|
|
15,540
|
|
|
|
90,265
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma column gives effect to the conversion of all of
our outstanding preferred stock into 10,793,165 shares of
our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the
sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at the
initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering costs payable by us. |
35
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and
results of operations should be read in conjunction with our
financial statements and the related notes to our financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to
historical financial information, the following discussion and
analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks,
uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of
selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in
these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors,
including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on designing, developing
and marketing products that implement our proprietary minimally
invasive surgical approach to treat degenerative disc disease
affecting the lower lumbar region of the spine. Using this
TranS1 approach, a surgeon can access discs in the lower lumbar
region of the spine through a 1.5 cm incision adjacent to the
tailbone and can perform an entire fusion procedure through a
small tube that provides direct access to the degenerative disc.
We developed our TranS1 approach to allow spine surgeons to
access and treat degenerative lumbar discs without compromising
important surrounding soft tissue. We believe this approach
enables fusion procedures to be performed with low complication
rates, short procedure times, low blood loss, short hospital
stays, fast recovery times and reduced pain. We have developed
and currently market in the United States and Europe two
single-level fusion products, AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360°. In
addition, we have developed and currently market in Europe a
two-level fusion product, AxiaLIF 2L, which has not yet been
cleared in the United States. All of our products are delivered
using our TranS1 approach.
From our incorporation in 2000 through 2004, we devoted
substantially all of our resources to research and development
and start-up
activities, consisting primarily of product design and
development, clinical trials, manufacturing, recruiting
qualified personnel and raising capital. We received FDA 510(k)
clearance for our AxiaLIF product in the fourth quarter of 2004,
and commercially introduced our AxiaLIF product in the United
States in the first quarter of 2005. We further received FDA
510(k) clearance for our AxiaLIF 360° product in the United
States in the third quarter of 2005 and began commercialization
in the United States in the third quarter of 2006. We received a
CE mark to market AxiaLIF in the European market in the first
quarter of 2005 and began commercialization in the first quarter
of 2006. For AxiaLIF 360°, we received a CE mark in the
first quarter of 2006. We received a CE mark for our AxiaLIF 2L
product in the third quarter of 2006 and began commercialization
in the European market in the fourth quarter of 2006. We
currently sell our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° products
through a direct sales force and independent sales agents in the
United States and independent distributors in Europe. Our
revenues were $1.5 million in 2005, $5.8 million in
2006 and $7.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2007. From our inception to June 30, 2007, we
generated $14.5 million in revenue.
We rely on third parties to manufacture most of our products and
their components. We believe these manufacturing relationships
allow us to work with suppliers who have the best specific
competencies while we minimize our capital investment, control
costs and shorten cycle times, all of which allows us to compete
with larger volume manufacturers of spine surgery products.
Since inception, we have been unprofitable. We incurred losses
of $3.5 million in 2004, $5.0 million in 2005,
$9.5 million in 2006 and $4.1 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007, we
had an accumulated deficit of $26.4 million.
We expect to continue to invest in creating a sales and
marketing infrastructure for our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360°
products in order to gain wider acceptance for these products.
We also expect to continue to invest in research and development
and related clinical trials. As a result, we will need to
generate significant revenue in order to achieve profitability.
36
Financial
Operations
Revenue
We generate revenue from the sales of our procedure kits and
implants used in our AxiaLIF fusion procedure for the treatment
of degenerative disc disease. Our revenue is generated by our
direct sales force, independent sales agents and independent
distributors. In the United States, our procedure kits and
implants are shipped from inventories at our facility to our
direct sales force or independent sales agents for delivery to
the hospital or surgical center. We invoice hospitals and
surgical centers and revenue is recognized upon notification of
product use or implantation. In Europe, we determine revenue
recognition on a case by case basis dependent upon the terms and
conditions of each individual distributor agreement. Under the
distributor agreements currently in place, a distributor only
has the right of return for defective products and accordingly
revenue is recognized upon shipment of our products to our
independent distributors. Although we intend to continue to
expand our international sales and marketing efforts, we expect
that a substantial amount of our revenues will be generated in
the United States in future periods.
Cost
of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of material and overhead
costs related to our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° instruments
and implants. Cost of revenue also includes facilities-related
costs, such as rent, utilities and depreciation.
Research
and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel
costs, including stock-based compensation expense in 2006 and in
the six months ended June 30, 2007, within our product
development, regulatory and clinical functions and the costs of
clinical studies and product development projects. Research and
development expense also includes legal expenses related to the
development and protection of our intellectual property
portfolio and facilities-related costs. In future periods, we
expect research and development expenses to grow as we continue
to invest in basic research, clinical trials, product
development and in our intellectual property.
Sales
and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs,
including stock-based compensation expense in 2006 and in the
six months ended June 30, 2007, sales commissions paid to
our direct sales representatives and independent sales agents,
and costs associated with physician training programs,
promotional activities, and participation in medical
conferences. In future periods, we expect sales and marketing
expenses to increase as we expand our sales and marketing
efforts.
General
and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs,
including stock-based compensation in 2006 and in the six months
ended June 30, 2007, related to the executive, finance,
information technology and human resource functions, as well as
professional service fees, legal fees, accounting fees,
insurance costs and general corporate expenses. We expect
general and administrative expenses to increase as we grow our
business and as we incur additional professional fees and
increased insurance costs related to operating as a public
company.
Other
and Interest Income (Expense)
Other and interest income (expense) is primarily composed of
interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and
available-for-sale securities.
37
Results
of Operations
Comparison
of Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2007
(Unaudited)
Revenue. Revenue increased from
$2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 to
$7.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
The $5.0 million increase in revenue was primarily
attributable to an increase in the number of products sold,
which we believe resulted from continued market acceptance of
our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° products. None of this
increase was attributable to price increases. Sales of our
AxiaLIF 360° product, which began commercialization in the
United States in the third quarter of 2006, increased from zero
in the six months ended June 30, 2006 to $2.8 million
in the six months ended June 30, 2007. As a result, average
selling prices in the United States increased from approximately
$8,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2006 to
approximately $9,200 in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
In the six months ended June 30, 2007, we recorded 719
domestic AxiaLIF cases, including 281 AxiaLIF 360° cases,
as compared to 268 domestic cases in the six months ended
June 30, 2006. Our AxiaLIF 360° product has not yet
begun commercialization in Europe and although our AxiaLIF 2L
began commercialization in Europe in the fourth quarter of 2006,
we did not generate significant revenues from the AxiaLIF 2L in
the six months ended June 30, 2007. Revenue generated in
Europe increased from $18,000 in the six months ended
June 30, 2006 to $546,000 in the six months ended
June 30, 2007. In the six months ended June 30, 2006
and 2007, 99% and 92%, respectively, of revenue was generated in
the United States.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue increased
from $618,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2006 to
$1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
The $841,000 increase in cost of revenue resulted primarily from
higher material and overhead costs associated with increased
sales volume for our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° products. As
a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue decreased from 28.6% in
the six months ended June 30, 2006, to 20.3% in the six
months ended June 30, 2007. This decrease was primarily
attributable to increased efficiencies associated with higher
production and sales volumes, partially offset by an increase in
the mix of lower margin sales outside the United States.
Research and Development. Research and
development expenses increased from $2.1 million in the six
months ended June 30, 2006, to $2.3 million in the six
months ended June 30, 2007. The increase was primarily the
result of an increase in personnel related costs, including
stock based compensation, of $179,000 and an increase in legal
costs of $350,000 related to the enhancement and protection of
our intellectual property portfolio, partially offset by a
reduction in spending on project related research and
development and clinical trials of $288,000.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses increased from $4.0 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2006, to $6.8 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2007. The increase of $2.8 million was
primarily the result of increased personnel related costs,
including sales commissions and stock-based compensation
expenses, of $2.5 million, as we continued to grow our
sales and marketing organization in conjunction with increased
product sales, increased training costs of $58,000 and increased
cost for trade shows, advertising and promotions of $184,000.
General and Administrative. General and
administrative expenses increased from $625,000 in the six
months ended June 30, 2006, to $1.1 million in the six
months ended June 30, 2007. The $458,000 increase was
primarily attributable to increased personnel related costs,
including stock based compensation expenses, of $160,000,
increased professional fees related to planning and preparation
for our initial public offering of $173,000 and increased
occupancy costs of $98,000.
Other and Interest Income (Expense). Other and
interest income decreased from $528,000 in the six months ended
June 30, 2006, to $343,000 in the six months ended
June 30, 2007. The $185,000 decrease in interest income was
primarily the result of lower cash and short term investment
balances earning interest because we continue to operate in a
net loss position and to be cash flow negative as we grow and
invest in our business.
38
Comparison
of the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and
2006
Revenue. Revenue increased from zero in 2004,
to $1.5 million in 2005 and to $5.8 million in 2006.
The $1.5 million increase in revenue from 2004 to 2005 was
primarily attributable to the commercial introduction of AxiaLIF
in the United States during the first quarter of 2005. The
$4.3 million increase in revenue from 2005 to 2006 was
primarily attributable to an increase in the number of AxiaLIF
procedures performed in the United States, the introduction of
AxiaLIF in Europe in the first quarter of 2006 and the
commercialization of our AxiaLIF 360° product in the United
States in the third quarter of 2006. None of this increase was
attributable to price increases. In 2006, our AxiaLIF 360°
product generated $530,000 of revenue, which contributed to the
improvement in average selling prices in the United States from
approximately $7,500 in 2005 to approximately $8,200 in 2006. In
2004, 2005 and 2006, we recorded zero, 197 and 661 domestic
AxiaLIF cases, respectively, including 53 AxiaLIF 360°
cases in 2006. Revenue generated in Europe increased from zero
in 2004 and 2005 to $359,000 in 2006. In 2006, 93.8% of our
revenue was generated in the United States and 6.2% was
generated in Europe.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue increased
from zero in 2004, to $386,000 in 2005 and to $1.6 million
in 2006. The $386,000 increase in cost of revenue from 2004 to
2005 was primarily attributable to the initial commercialization
of the AxiaLIF product in 2005. The $1.2 million increase
from 2005 to 2006 was primarily attributable to the increased
number of AxiaLIF products sold in 2006 as compared to 2005 in
the United States and Europe. As a percentage of revenue, cost
of revenue was 26.3% in 2005 and 27.2% in 2006. The increase in
cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue from 2005 to 2006 was
primarily attributable to an increase in the mix of lower margin
sales outside the United States, partially offset by increased
efficiencies associated with higher production and sales volumes.
Research and Development. Research and
development expenses increased from $1.8 million in 2004,
to $2.4 million in 2005 and to $4.2 million in 2006.
The $686,000 increase in expense in 2005 compared to 2004 was
primarily the result of increases in personnel related costs of
$284,000 as we continued to build our organization, increased
project related research and development expenses and clinical
trial costs of $293,000, and increased costs of $77,000 related
to the enhancement of our intellectual property portfolio. The
$1.8 million increase in expense in 2006 compared to 2005
was primarily the result of increases in personnel related
costs, including stock-based compensation expense, of $616,000,
increases in project related research and development and
clinical trial costs of $891,000, increases in occupancy costs
of $191,000 and increased cost of $86,000 related to the
enhancement of our intellectual property portfolio.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing
expenses increased from $746,000 in 2004, to $2.6 million
in 2005 and to $9.3 million in 2006. The increase in
expenses from 2004 to 2005 was primarily the result of increased
personnel related costs, including commissions, of
$1.2 million, as we started to market and sell the AxiaLIF
product in the United States, increased training costs of
$390,000 and increased promotional activities of $86,000. The
increase in expenses from 2005 to 2006 was primarily driven by
further increases in personnel related costs, including
commissions and stock-based compensation expense, of
$4.9 million, as we continued to grow our sales and
marketing organization in conjunction with increased product
sales and our entry into the European marketplace, increased
training of $1.1 million and increased promotional
activities of $416,000.
General and Administrative. General and
administrative expenses increased from $1.1 million in
2004, to $1.3 million in 2005 and decreased to
$1.2 million in 2006. The increase in general and
administrative expenses in 2004 compared to 2005 was primarily
driven by increased employee related expenses of $109,000, and
increased professional fees of $33,000. The decrease in expenses
from 2005 to 2006 was primarily due to increased absorption of
overhead costs, as we ramped production, of $383,000. These
costs had previously been expensed as period costs resulting
from excess capacity. We also saw an increase in personnel
related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, of
$287,000 and a decrease in professional fees of $99,000.
Other and Interest Income (Expense). Other and
interest income was $150,000 in 2004, $247,000 in 2005 and
increased to $989,000 in 2006 primarily due to interest income
from $25.5 million raised as a result of the sale of
series C preferred stock in September 2005.
39
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Sources
of Liquidity
Since our inception in 2000, we have incurred significant losses
and, as of June 30, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of
$26.4 million. We have not yet achieved profitability, and
anticipate that we will continue to incur losses in the near
term. We expect that research and development, sales and
marketing and general and administrative expenses will continue
to grow and, as a result, we will need to generate significant
revenues to achieve profitability. To date, our operations have
been funded primarily with proceeds from the sale of preferred
stock. Gross proceeds from our preferred stock sales total
$40.5 million to date.
As of June 30, 2007, we did not have any outstanding debt
financing arrangements, we had working capital of
$14.3 million and our primary source of liquidity was
$10.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments. We
currently invest our cash and cash equivalents primarily in
money market funds and high grade commercial paper. We currently
place our short-term investments primarily in U.S. agency
backed debt instruments and high grade corporate bonds and
commercial paper.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments decreased from
$15.0 million at December 31, 2006 to
$10.2 million at June 30, 2007. The decrease of
$4.8 million was primarily driven by cash used in
operations of $4.4 million and purchases of property and
equipment of $390,000.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments decreased from
$26.0 million at December 31, 2005 to
$15.0 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease of
$11.0 million was primarily the result of net cash used in
operating activities of $10.4 million and purchases of
property and equipment of $609,000.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments increased from
$6.7 million at December 31, 2004 to
$26.0 million at December 31, 2005. This increase of
$19.3 million was primarily the result of
$25.5 million in net proceeds from the sale of
series C preferred stock and $68,000 in proceeds from the
sale of common stock, offset by net cash used in operating
activities of $5.7 million and purchases of property and
equipment of $672,000.
Cash
Flows
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities. Net
cash used in operating activities was $4.4 million in the
six months ended June 30, 2007. Net cash used in operating
activities was $3.5 million in 2004, $5.7 million in
2005 and $10.4 million in 2006. For each of these periods,
net cash used in operating activities was attributable primarily
to net losses after adjustment for non-cash items, such as
depreciation and stock-based compensation expense, and increases
in net working capital requirements to support the introduction
of our AxiaLIF product. The increases in working capital
requirements for each of the periods were driven by the growth
in inventories to support forecasted demand and the increases in
accounts receivable resulting from increasing revenues exceeding
cash inflow from customer collections.
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing
Activities. Net cash provided by investing
activities in the six months ended June 30, 2007 was
$4.9 million. Net cash used in investing activities was
$106,000 in 2004, $6.1 million in 2005 and
$5.1 million in 2006.
For each of these periods, net cash provided by or used in
investing activities reflected the purchases of property and
equipment, primarily for research and development, information
technology, manufacturing operations and capital improvements to
our facilities, and purchases or sales and maturities of
short-term investments.
Net Cash Provided by Financing
Activities. There was no significant net cash
provided by financing activities in the six months ended
June 30, 2007, in 2004 or in 2006. Net cash provided by
financing activities in 2005 was $25.6 million. The
$25.6 million in net cash provided by financing activities
in 2005 was due to the net proceeds from the sale of
$25.5 million in shares of our series C preferred
stock and $68,000 in proceeds from the issuance of shares of our
common stock.
40
Operating
Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together
with the net proceeds of this offering and interest that can be
earned on these balances, will be sufficient to meet our cash
needs for at least the next two years. We intend to spend
substantial sums on sales and marketing initiatives to support
the ongoing commercialization of our products and on research
and development activities, including product development,
regulatory and compliance, clinical studies in support of our
currently marketed products and future product offerings, and
the enhancement and protection of our intellectual property. We
may need to obtain additional financing to pursue our business
strategy, to respond to new competitive pressures or to take
advantage of opportunities that may arise. The sale of
additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in
dilution to our stockholders. If additional funds are raised
through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could
have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and
could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any
additional financing may not be available in amounts or on terms
acceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain this additional
financing, we may be required to reduce the scope of our planned
product development and marketing efforts.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table discloses information about our contractual
obligations by the year in which payments are due as of
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Operating
leases(1)
|
|
$
|
563,000
|
|
|
$
|
152,000
|
|
|
$
|
318,000
|
|
|
$
|
93,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We rent office space under an operating lease which expires in
2010. |
There have been no material changes to our contractual
obligations in the six months ended June 30, 2007.
Related
Party Transactions
For a description of our related party transactions, see the
“Related Party Transactions” section of this
prospectus.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of June 30, 2007, we did not have any outstanding debt
or available debt financing arrangements or off-balance sheet
liabilities.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
The preparation of financial statements requires management to
make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates,
including those related to revenue recognition, accounts
receivable, inventories, income taxes and stock-based
compensation. We use authoritative pronouncements, historical
experience and other assumptions as the basis for making
estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates
under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our
more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation
of our financial statements.
41
Revenue recognition. We recognize revenue in
accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB,
No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.”
SAB No. 104 requires that four basic criteria must be
met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) title has
transferred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and
(4) collectibility is reasonably assured. We generally use
customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an
arrangement. We use documents from our sales agents to verify
that product has been delivered and title has transferred. In
the United States, we deem title to transfer upon implantation
of our products. In Europe, we assess title transfer on a case
by case basis dependent upon the terms and conditions of each
individual distributor agreement. Under the distributor
agreements currently in place, a distributor only has right of
return for defective products and accordingly title is deemed to
transfer upon shipment of our products to our independent
distributors. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable
based on the terms of the agreement associated with the
transaction. In order to determine whether collection is
reasonably assured we assess a number of factors, including past
transaction history with the customer. If we determine that
collection is not reasonably assured, we defer the recognition
of revenue until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is
generally upon receipt of payment.
Accounts receivable and allowances. We monitor
collections and payments from our customers and maintain an
allowance for doubtful accounts based upon our historical
experience and any specific customer collection issues that we
have identified. While our credit losses have historically been
within our expectations and the allowance established, we may
not continue to experience the same credit loss rates that we
have in the past. We make estimates on the collectibility of
customer accounts based primarily on analysis of historical
trends and experience and changes in customers’ financial
condition. Management uses its best judgment, based on the best
available facts and circumstances, and records a reserve against
the amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount that is
expected to be collected. These reserves are reevaluated and
adjusted as additional information is received that impacts the
amount reserved.
Inventory. We state our inventories at the
lower of cost or market, computed on a standard cost basis,
which approximates actual cost on a
first-in,
first-out basis and market being determined as the lower of
replacement cost or net realizable value. Costs are monitored on
an annual basis and updated as necessary to reflect changes in
supplier costs and the rate of our overhead absorption is
adjusted based on projections of our manufacturing department
costs and production plan. Inventory reserves are established
when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less
than cost due to obsolescence, usage, or we deem we hold
excessive levels of inventory based on market demand.
Accounting for Income Taxes. Significant
management judgment is required in determining our provision for
income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any
valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax
assets. We have recorded a full valuation allowance on our net
deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2006 due to
uncertainties related to our ability to utilize our deferred tax
assets in the foreseeable future.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Through December 31, 2005, we accounted for employee stock
options using the intrinsic-value method in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees, or APB No. 25, Financial
Accounting Standards Board, and related interpretations. In
accordance with APB No. 25, stock-based compensation was
calculated using the intrinsic value method and represented the
difference between the deemed per share market price of our
common stock and the per share exercise price of the stock
option. Based on this method, we did not incur any compensation
expense under APB No. 25. For periods prior to
January 1, 2006, we have complied with the disclosure-only
provisions of SFAS 123. Effective January 1, 2006, we
adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition
method, which requires the measurement and recognition of
compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted,
modified and settled to our employees and directors after
January 1, 2006. The fair value of stock options was
estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model
requires the input of subjective assumptions in implementing
SFAS 123(R), including expected stock price volatility,
expected life and estimated forfeitures of each award. The fair
value of equity-based awards is amortized over the vesting
period of the award, and we have elected to use the
straight-line method of amortization. Due to the limited amount
of historical data
42
available to us, particularly with respect to stock-price
volatility, employee exercise patterns and forfeitures, actual
results could differ materially from our expectations.
We have granted stock options with exercise prices ranging from
$1.11 to $6.67 per share during the
18-month
period ended June 30, 2007. In determining the fair value
of the common stock at the time of the stock option grants our
board of directors, with the assistance of management, performed
contemporaneous fair value analyses for the value of our common
stock at the time of such stock option grants. Determining the
fair value of our common stock required us to make complex and
subjective judgments, assumptions and estimates, which involved
inherent uncertainty. Given the absence of an active market for
our common stock, uncertainty of the results of long-term data
from our AxiaLIF procedures and uncertainty prior to the second
quarter of 2007 as to whether we would pursue an initial public
offering, our board of directors, with input from management,
determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the
date of grant based on several factors, including:
|
|
|
|
•
|
important developments in our operations;
|
|
|
•
|
our performance and the status of our research and development
efforts;
|
|
|
•
|
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of
common stock, such as an initial public offering or an
acquisition of the company, given prevailing market conditions;
|
|
|
•
|
the lack of control of the minority interest granted under the
stock options to influence the occurrence of a liquidity event;
|
|
|
•
|
the options to acquire shares of our common stock were subject
to vesting, generally vesting over a four-year period;
|
|
|
•
|
the prices at which we issued preferred stock in September 2005
and the rights and privileges associated with those preferred
stock issuances; and
|
|
|
•
|
the illiquidity of our common stock as a private company.
|
The fair value of common stock for options granted from
January 1, 2006 through June 30, 2007 was determined
contemporaneously by our board of directors, with input from
management.
One of the methodologies we used to value our common stock for
stock option grants occurring between January 1, 2006 and
June 30, 2007 was to first estimate our future expected
equity value in an initial public offering based upon a multiple
of the estimated twelve months forward revenues, using the
forward multiples of public, high growth medical device and
orthopedic companies. Second, we deducted the estimated initial
public offering proceeds to arrive at an estimated future value
which was discounted back to present, given the time involved
and the risks related to timing, the stock market in general and
the risks inherent in our ability to execute our operating
plans. Third, we further discounted the value to account for the
preferences of our preferred stockholders, relating primarily to
their liquidation rights, and for the option holders’
minority interests. In late January 2007, based upon improved
stock market and initial public offering conditions, we began
assessing with investment bankers the potential for an initial
public offering of our common stock. Subsequently, we received
estimated valuations from several investments bankers, along
with a recommendation to commence preparing for an initial
public offering. These initial valuations from the investment
bankers assumed the favorable outcome of the twelve month
clinical data that we were then awaiting. We did not receive
such twelve month data until May 2007, at which point the
board determined that a further increase in the fair market
value of our common stock was warranted.
We granted no stock options during the six month period ending
June 30, 2006, we granted 735,373 stock options in
November 2006 with an exercise price of $1.11 per share, 67,387
stock options with an exercise price of $2.00 per share in
January 2007, 29,250 stock options with an exercise price of
$2.38 per share in March 2007, 418,770 stock options with an
exercise price of $5.56 per share in May 2007 and 72,000 stock
options with an exercise price of $6.67 per share in June 2007.
The exercise prices for all of these options were set at a price
which the board believed represented the fair value of our
common stock at the time of
43
grant. Certain of the reasons for the increase in the estimated
fair value from $1.11 to $6.67 per share are as follows:
|
|
|
|
•
|
During 2006 we were still implementing and attempting to prove
our business model and increasing the number of spine surgeons
trained to use our products and perform our procedures in an
effort to achieve a market share that we believed could allow us
to achieve profitable operations in the future.
|
|
|
•
|
At the time of our option grants in November 2006, while we
continued to prove our business model, we were awaiting the
preliminary twelve month clinical results from our prospective
registry study. As we awaited this data, we did not believe it
was appropriate to increase the revenue estimates for the
twelve-month period ending December 31, 2007 that we used
in implementing our valuation methodology. Moreover, we
recognized that we continued to operate at a loss and expected
to do so for the foreseeable future. We also took into account
the aggregate liquidation preference of $40 million on our
preferred stock outstanding and that any sale of the company
would need to exceed that amount before holders of common stock
received any benefit in such sale. Finally, we believed that an
initial public offering of our common stock was unlikely for at
least the next 18 months. As a result of these
considerations, the board determined that the fair value of our
common stock was $1.11 per share.
|
|
|
•
|
At the time of our option grants in January 2007, we continued
to prove our business model and await the results of our twelve
month clinical data regarding the use of our AxiaLIF products.
At the time of such stock option grants, we had completed
interviews with investment bankers which provided us with
valuations that assumed the positive outcome of such clinical
data. Other than such interviews and the increase in the number
of spine surgeons who had been trained to perform our surgery,
there was no new information to support changes to the fair
valuation of our stock from November 2006. For these reasons,
the board determined that the fair value of our common stock was
$2.00 per share.
|
At the time of our stock option grants in March 2007, we
continued to prove our business model and await the results of
our twelve month clinical data regarding the use of our AxiaLIF
products. The increase in the number of spine surgeons trained
to perform our AxiaLIF procedure and our results of operations
caused us to update our estimated revenues for the twelve-month
period used in our common stock valuation methodology. This
increase in forecasted revenue caused us to increase the
estimated fair value of our common stock. At this time, without
definitive twelve month clinical data, we continued to believe
that a public offering of our common stock was likely to be at
least one year away. While the growth in the number of surgeons
trained to perform our AxiaLIF procedure and the initial results
from our clinical data were encouraging, the data was still
early. As a result of these considerations, the board believed
that the fair value of our common stock had increased to $2.38
per share.
At the time of our stock option grants in May 2007, we were
receiving preliminary twelve month clinical data outcomes on our
AxiaLIF procedure. Such clinical data was encouraging and
generally met our expectations. We also continued to increase
the number of surgeons trained to perform our AxiaLIF procedure.
In addition, our results of operations for the first quarter of
2007 showed continued growth in revenue. The outcome from the
clinical data convinced the board that our AxiaLIF procedure,
implants and tools could succeed in the marketplace. The board
also believed that while it was likely that we would continue to
operate at a loss for the foreseeable future, we could increase
revenue enough in the future to achieve profitable operating
results and positive cash flow.
|
|
|
|
•
|
Additionally, during this period, investment bankers advised us
that general market conditions and the initial public offering
market conditions had improved significantly, such that an
offering of our common stock could be completed late in 2007 or
early in 2008. Consequently, we engaged investment bankers to
initiate the process of an initial public offering and began
drafting our registration statement. In the light of all of
these considerations, the board believed the fair market value
of our common stock had increased to $5.56 per share.
|
|
|
•
|
At the time of the stock option grants in June 2007, we
continued to train surgeons to perform the AxiaLIF procedure and
we also continued to receive positive results from our twelve
month clinical data. In addition, our results of operations
reinforced our belief that our products and procedures had
|
44
become recognized by surgeons as a viable alternative for lower
back pain surgery. Using our valuation methodology, and without
changing the forecasted revenues we relied on for our valuation
in May 2007, we found that the valuation was stable. On the
other hand, using a valuation methodology of discounting from
the date of a projected public offering of our common stock, the
board believed that the fair value of our common stock had
further increased to $6.67 per share.
We believe that at the time of the grant of stock options as
described above, the estimated fair value set by our board of
directors was appropriate given the information available to our
board and management. Although we believe these determinations
accurately reflected the historical value of our common stock,
in connection with the preparation of the financial statements
necessary for the filing of the registration statement in
connection with our initial public offering of common stock, we
retrospectively analyzed the fair value of our common stock at
option grant dates from January 1, 2006 to June 30,
2007. As part of our retrospective analysis, we considered the
status and progress of a number of our specific business and
financial conditions and milestones during 2006 and the first
six months of 2007, including our results of operations,
research and development activities, regulatory milestones,
product and operational milestones, the lack of liquidity in our
common stock, the increasing likelihood we would pursue an
initial public offering, preliminary pricing indications in
connection with this offering and industry trends in the market
for medical device issuers. In addition, we further analyzed the
discounts we applied to our valuation as they applied to our
common stock and eliminated the discount for minority interest.
We also considered the rights and preferences of our preferred
stock in relation to our common stock. With the benefit of
hindsight and actual knowledge of how the various factors noted
above have progressed over time and the uncertainties existing
at the time of the option grants were resolved, we reassessed
the deemed fair value of our common stock for financial
reporting purposes for all stock options granted since
January 1, 2006.
The following table summarizes information for all stock options
granted by us during the 18 months ended June 30,
2007, including the exercise price and estimated reassessed fair
value of our common stock based on our retrospective
reassessment described above, as well as the intrinsic value or
difference between the reassessed fair value and the exercise
price per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reassessed Fair
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value Per
|
|
Date of Grant
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Nov. 11, 2006
|
|
|
735,373
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
$
|
5.20
|
|
|
$
|
4.09
|
|
Jan. 18, 2007
|
|
|
67,387
|
|
|
$
|
2.00
|
|
|
$
|
5.94
|
|
|
$
|
3.94
|
|
Mar. 15, 2007
|
|
|
29,250
|
|
|
$
|
2.38
|
|
|
$
|
5.94
|
|
|
$
|
3.56
|
|
May 16, 2007
|
|
|
418,770
|
|
|
$
|
5.56
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.44
|
|
June 18, 2007
|
|
|
72,000
|
|
|
$
|
6.67
|
|
|
$
|
10.00
|
|
|
$
|
3.33
|
|
The difference between the weighted average exercise per share
of all of our outstanding stock options and the initial public
offering price of $15.00 per share is $13.26.
We recorded no stock-based compensation charges in 2004 or in
2005, and we recorded charges of $599,000 in 2006 and $1,058,000
in the six months ended June 30, 2007. At June 30,
2007, we had a total of $5.6 million remaining to be
amortized over the vesting period of the stock options. We
expect the total unamortized deferred stock compensation
recorded for all option grants through June 30, 2007 will
be amortized as follows: $990,000 during the remainder of 2007,
$1,683,000 during 2008, $1,489,000 during 2009, $893,000 during
2010, and $578,000 during 2011. As of June 30, 2007,
169,470 stock options were subject to periodic remeasurement.
Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of the
initial public offering will add value to our shares because
they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount
of the additional value cannot be measured with precision or
certainty. Determining the reassessed fair value of our common
stock required our board of directors and management to make
complex and subjective judgments, assumptions and estimates,
which involved inherent uncertainty. Had our board of directors
used different assumptions and estimates, the
45
resulting fair value of our common stock and the resulting
stock-based compensation expense could have been different.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
“Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS 157.
SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and are to
be applied prospectively. We are currently evaluating the
impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on
our financial reporting.
In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159,
“Fair Value Option For Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities”, or FAS 159. FAS 159 provides
companies with an option to report selected financial assets and
liabilities at fair value. FAS 159 requires that the fair
value of the assets and liabilities that the company has chosen
to report at fair value be shown on the face of the balance
sheet. FAS 159 also requires companies to provide
additional information to enable users of the financial
statements to understand the company’s reasons for electing
the fair value option and how changes in the fair values affect
earnings for the period. FAS 159 also establishes
presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate
comparisons between companies that choose different measurement
attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities.
FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or
before November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact FAS 159 may have on our financial position
and operating results.
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of
FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes: An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,
or FIN 48. This interpretation requires that we recognize
in our financial statements the impact of a tax position, if
that position is more likely than not of being sustained on
audit, based on the technical merits of the position. At the
adoption date of January 1, 2007, we had $1,043,000 of
unrecognized deferred tax benefits, all of which was subject to
a full valuation allowance, which effectively reduced the
deferred tax benefits to $0, since realization of these benefits
could not be reasonably assured. Accordingly, there is no change
recorded to the beginning retained earnings as a result of the
adoption of FIN 48.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk at June 30, 2007 is
related to our investment portfolio. We invest our excess cash
primarily in money market funds, debt instruments of the
U.S. government and its agencies and in high quality
corporate bonds and commercial paper. Due to the short-term
nature of these investments, we have assessed that there is no
material exposure to interest rate risk arising from our
investments.
Although substantially all of our sales and purchases are
denominated in U.S. dollars, future fluctuations in the
value of the U.S. dollar may affect the competitiveness of
our products outside the United States. We do not believe,
however, that we currently have significant direct foreign
currency exchange rate risk and have not hedged exposures
denominated in foreign currencies.
Income
Taxes
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
uncertainty of the timing and amount of future earnings, if any.
Accordingly, full deferred tax asset valuation allowances have
been established at December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and at
June 30, 2007 to reflect these uncertainties.
As of December 31, 2006, we had federal net operating loss
carryforwards of $19.6 million, and federal research and
development credit carryforwards of $624,000. The federal net
operating loss and research and development credit carryfowards
will begin to expire in 2021 unless previously utilized.
Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation
due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This annual
limitation may result in the expiration of net operating loss
and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.
46
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on designing, developing
and marketing products that implement our proprietary minimally
invasive surgical approach to treat degenerative disc disease
affecting the lower lumbar region of the spine. Using this
TranS1 approach, a surgeon can access discs in the lower lumbar
region of the spine through a 1.5 cm incision adjacent to the
tailbone and can perform an entire fusion procedure through a
small tube that provides direct access to the degenerative disc.
We developed our TranS1 approach to allow spine surgeons to
access and treat degenerative lumbar discs without compromising
important surrounding soft tissue. We believe this approach
enables fusion procedures to be performed with low complication
rates, short procedure times, low blood loss, short hospital
stays, fast recovery times and reduced pain. We have developed
and currently market in the United States and Europe two
single-level fusion products, AxiaLIF and
AxiaLIF 360°. In addition, we have developed and
currently market in Europe a two-level fusion product,
AxiaLIF 2L, which has not yet been cleared in the United
States. All of our products are delivered using our TranS1
approach.
Currently, our single-level AxiaLIF product for L5/S1
fusions is commercially available in the United States and
Europe, while our two-level AxiaLIF product for L4/L5/S1
fusions is available in Europe, but has not yet been approved in
the United States. Our AxiaLIF product received FDA 510(k)
clearance in December 2004 and a CE mark in March 2005 and was
commercially launched in the United States in January 2005. Our
AxiaLIF 360° product received FDA 510(k) clearance in
September 2005 and a CE mark in March 2006 and was commercially
launched in the United States in July 2006. We received a CE
mark for our AxiaLIF 2L product in the third quarter of
2006 and began commercialization in the European market in the
fourth quarter of 2006. We intend to commercialize our AxiaLIF
2L product in the United States after receipt of 510(k)
clearance. We are currently conducting additional testing
required by the FDA in support of our 510(k) clearance for our
AxiaLIF 2L product. We expect to obtain FDA 510(k) clearance
for, and commercially launch, our AxiaLIF 2L product in the
United States in 2008. As of August 31, 2007, over 2,000
fusion procedures have been performed globally using our AxiaLIF
products. We currently sell the AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360°
products through 23 direct sales personnel and 21 independent
sales agents in the United States and seven independent
distributors internationally. By mid-2008, we expect to have
increased the number of our direct sales representatives to 50.
For the year ended December 31, 2006 our revenues were
$5.8 million and $7.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2007. Our net losses were $9.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006 and $4.1 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2007.
Lower back pain affects over six million people annually in the
United States and is a leading cause of healthcare expenditures
globally. Our currently marketed products address the lower
lumbar spine fusion market, which Millennium Research Group
valued at over $1.4 billion in the United States in 2006
and estimated to grow to $1.8 billion by 2011. We believe
the introduction of minimally invasive spine procedures, such as
ours, will attract more back pain patients, and attract them
earlier, to a definitive surgical solution, thereby increasing
the rate at which the market grows.
We also have two additional products under development that
implement our TranS1 approach: our Percutaneous Nucleus
Replacement, or PNR, and Partial Disc Replacement, or PDR,
devices. We expect these devices would be used earlier in the
treatment of degenerative disc disease than a fusion, as they
are designed to preserve motion in the lumbar spine while
providing stabilization. Our PNR device is currently in
early-stage human clinical trials outside the United States, and
we expect to commercialize this product in Europe in the second
half of 2008. We expect to file an investigational device
exemption, or IDE, with the FDA in 2008 for our PNR implant in
support of U.S. commercialization. We anticipate commencing
human clinical trials of our PDR implant outside the United
States in 2008.
Spine
Anatomy
The human spine is the core of the human skeleton and provides
important structural support while remaining flexible to allow
movement. It consists of 33 separate interlocking bones called
vertebrae that are
47
connected by soft tissue and provide stability while
facilitating motion. Vertebrae are paired into motion segments
that move by means of two facet joints and one disc. The facet
joints provide stability and enable the spine to bend and twist
while the discs absorb pressures and shocks to the vertebrae.
Nerves are contained in the spinal column and run through the
foramen openings to the rest of the body.
The vertebrae are categorized into five regions: cervical,
thoracic, lumbar, sacral and coccyx. The lumbar region, which is
at the bottom of the spine and consists of five vertebrae, is
capable of limited movement, and primarily functions as support
for the body’s weight. The sacrum consists of five fused
vertebrae labeled S1 through S5 directly below the lumbar region
and that provide attachment for the hipbones as well as
protection to organs in the pelvic area. The coccyx, also known
as the tailbone, is at the end of the spine.
Medical
Conditions Affecting the Lower Lumbar Spine and Traditional
Treatment Alternatives
Degenerative disc disease is a common medical condition
affecting the lower lumbar spine and refers to the degeneration
of the disc from aging and repetitive stresses resulting in a
loss of flexibility, elasticity and shock-absorbing properties.
As degenerative disc disease progresses, the space between the
vertebrae narrows, which can pinch the nerves exiting the spine
and result in back pain, leg pain, numbness and loss of motor
function. This lower back pain can be overwhelming for patients
as the resulting pain can have significant physical,
psychological and financial implications.
Treatment alternatives for lower lumbar spine conditions range
from non-operative conservative therapies to highly invasive
surgical interventions. Conservative therapies are typically the
initial treatments selected by patients and physicians and they
include rest, bracing, physical therapy, chiropractics,
electrical stimulation and drugs. When conservative therapies
fail to provide adequate pain relief, surgical interventions,
including fusion procedures, may be used to address the pain. If
a patient’s disc degeneration has not progressed to a stage
requiring fusion, but has progressed beyond the stage where
conservative therapies provide pain relief, physicians may use
non-fusion surgical procedures. Non-fusion surgical procedures
utilize implants that are
48
designed to restore disc height and allow limited movement of
the vertebrae similar to a healthy spine in order to avoid
increased pressures on adjacent vertebrae. These procedures and
implants include dynamic stabilization devices, artificial discs
and prosthetic disc nucleuses.
Fusion procedures attempt to alleviate lower back pain by
removing problematic disc material and permanently joining
together two or more opposing vertebrae. This is done in a
manner that restores the appropriate space between the vertebrae
surrounding the degenerative disc and eliminates mobility of the
affected vertebrae. By restoring disc height and eliminating
motion, fusion attempts to prevent the pinching of the nerves
exiting the spine and thereby reducing pain.
Traditional fusion procedures typically involve an incision in
the skin, and cutting muscle or moving organs to gain access to
the spine. The degenerated disc is then removed, referred to as
a discectomy, and a rigid implant is inserted, such as a bone
graft or cage, to stabilize the diseased vertebrae. This process
is referred to as fixation. The bone graft or cage promotes the
growth of bone between the vertebrae. Surgeons often also affix
supplementary rods and screws along the spine to provide
additional stabilization while the vertebrae fuse together
during the six to eighteen months following surgery. The primary
surgical fusion procedures performed in the lower lumbar region
include: ALIF, PLIF, TLIF and XLIF.
Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion, or ALIF. To
perform an ALIF procedure, surgeons access the spine through an
incision on the patient’s abdomen which provides them with
optimal access to the vertebral space for performing a
discectomy and inserting bone grafts for fusion. Supporting soft
tissue and nerves are manipulated or removed to accommodate the
anterior access required by the ALIF procedure. Surgeons
commonly perform ALIF procedures in conjunction with a general
or vascular surgeon because critical vasculature and organs must
be retracted to gain access to the spine. The assistance of a
second surgeon can reduce the economics for the spine surgeon
and increase the difficulty in scheduling the surgery.
Complications associated with ALIF procedures include vascular
damage to the vena cava and aorta.
Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion, or PLIF. To
perform a PLIF procedure, surgeons access the spine through an
incision on the center of the patient’s back. The surgeon
then navigates through muscles and nerves to gain access to the
spine. Once at the spine, the surgeon removes bone from the
lamina to gain access to the affected disc space where a
discectomy is performed and a bone graft is placed. When
compared to ALIF procedures, PLIF procedures are generally
considered easier to perform and can achieve better nerve root
decompression in certain cases. However, the anatomy of the
spine prevents surgeons from removing the entire degenerated
disc and obtaining optimal access for insertion of an implant or
bone graft. Complications associated with PLIF procedures
include nerve damage, soft tissue damage and implant migration.
Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion, or
TLIF. TLIF procedures are performed in a similar
manner to PLIF procedures except the surgeon accesses the spine
through a small incision slightly to the left or right of the
center of the patient’s back. After reaching the spine, the
surgeon removes a portion of the facet joint and navigates
through the foramen which provides better visualization and disc
removal capabilities than PLIF. Complications associated with
TLIF procedures are similar to those found in PLIF procedures
including nerve damage, soft tissue damage and implant migration.
Extreme Lateral Interbody Fusion, or XLIF. To
perform an XLIF procedure, the surgeon accesses the spine from
the patient’s side through one or two small incisions. The
XLIF procedure is not appropriate for fusions in the L5/S1
segment because the pelvis interferes with access. While the
XLIF procedure damages less patient tissue than other fusion
procedures, we believe that there is a significant physician
learning curve.
360° Lumbar Fusion Procedure. Currently,
the most common and structurally rigid lumbar fusion surgery is
referred to as a 360° fusion and requires a second surgical
procedure immediately following an ALIF, PLIF, TLIF or XLIF
procedure. The additional procedure involves the permanent
placement of screws and rods in the back to provide additional
support while the vertebrae fuse together during the six to
eighteen months following surgery.
49
Limitations
of Traditional Lower Lumbar Spine Procedures
While traditional and minimally invasive fusion procedures can
be effective at treating lower back pain, common drawbacks of
these procedures include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Disruption to Soft Tissue and Support
Structures. Current lumbar fusion procedures
require creating a pathway from the skin to the degenerative
disc that is large enough to allow direct visualization and work
by the surgeon. It is common to cut through healthy muscle or
move critical organs, arteries, nerves and soft tissue, which
can lead to bleeding, scarring, nerve damage and bowel
disruption.
|
|
|
•
|
Significant Blood Loss. As a result of
undergoing current lumbar fusion procedures, patients typically
experience significant blood loss of between 100 and
1,400 cc of blood. As a result, it is common for patients
to use the hospital’s blood supply or donate units of their
own blood before a lumbar fusion procedure to replenish any
significant blood loss.
|
|
|
•
|
Lengthy Operative Procedure Times. We believe
it is common for current lumbar fusion procedures to take
between 90 minutes and 4 hours to complete. With some
procedures a second surgeon may be required. Long procedure
times increase the risks of complications and blood loss. Also,
hospital and physician resources are consumed for lengthy
periods of time, which can reduce productivity and increase
costs.
|
|
|
•
|
Lengthy Patient Hospital Stays. Patients
remain in the hospital for an average of three days following a
lumbar fusion procedure which consumes hospital and physician
resources.
|
|
|
•
|
Significant Patient Recovery Time. Patients
require three to six months to recover and rehabilitate after
undergoing a lumbar fusion procedure before resuming normal
activities.
|
|
|
•
|
Unresolved Patient Pain. Patients may continue
to experience lower back pain after undergoing lumbar fusion
procedures even though x-rays show successful fusion has been
achieved through the growth of new bone. We believe this may be
caused by muscle dissection, implant irritation and scar tissue
that develops around the site of the surgery.
|
Market
Opportunity
Lower back pain affects over six million people annually in the
United States and is a leading cause of healthcare expenditures
globally. According to Millennium Research Group, in 2006,
233,300 instrumented lumbar fusion procedures were performed in
the United States, of which 46,460 were single-level L5/S1,
40,430 were two-level L4/L5/S1 and 51,170 were more than
two level procedures involving the L4/L5/S1 level. These
single-level, two-level and multi-level procedures represent an
estimated market opportunity of $1.4 billion in the United
States that is anticipated to exceed $1.8 billion by 2011.
In recent years, the trend in surgical procedures for the spine
has been toward more minimally invasive alternatives.
Historically, meaningful technology improvements to conventional
therapies have resulted in surgical procedures being performed
earlier in the patient continuum of care, such as minimally
invasive knee arthroscopy in the sports medicine market and
coronary angioplasty in the cardiovascular surgery markets,
resulting in larger market opportunities. Certain minimally
invasive spine surgery procedures could have the same impact on
lower back surgery.
Developments are being made in non-fusion technologies including
dynamic stabilization devices, artificial discs, nuclear disc
prosthetics, annulus repair and facet arthroplasty devices. The
2006 non-fusion market was valued at $128 million and is
forecasted to be valued at $1.8 billion by 2011. In 2006,
dynamic lumbar stabilization devices and artificial lumbar discs
were the only non-fusion technologies available in the United
States and accounted for $104 million and $24 million,
respectively. In 2011, the non-fusion market is anticipated to
be comprised of dynamic stabilization devices totaling
$815 million, artificial lumbar discs totaling
$397 million, artificial cervical discs totaling
$450 million, partial disc replacement totaling
$92 million, annulus repair totaling $29 million and
facet arthroplasty totaling $22 million.
50
Our
Solution
We believe we have developed the least invasive approach for
surgeons to perform fusion and motion preserving surgeries in
the L4/L5/S1 region without the drawbacks associated with
current lumbar fusion procedures. We refer to this proprietary
approach as our TranS1 approach. We have developed and are
marketing two fusion products that are delivered using our
TranS1 approach: AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360°. In addition, we
are developing two motion preserving devices that are delivered
using our TranS1 approach: Percutaneous Nucleus Replacement, or
PNR, and Partial Disc Replacement, or PDR.
To access the spine using our TranS1 approach, the surgeon
creates a 1.5 cm incision adjacent to the tailbone while the
patient is lying on their stomach. The surgeon then navigates a
guidepin introducer a short distance along the sacrum using
imaging technologies to a spine access point near the junction
of the S1/S2 vertebral bodies. As the guidepin is advanced it
moves soft tissue structures including the bowel to the side.
From this access point, the guidepin is inserted through the
bone into the disc of the lowest lumbar motion segment known as
the L5/S1 disc. A cannula, or tube, is inserted over the
guidepin to create a tissue-protecting working channel between
the surgical access site and the L5/S1 disc where the entire
fusion operation is then performed. This protected working
channel provides access to the interior of the disc for rotating
cutters and brushes to remove disc material, the introduction of
graft material and the insertion of our implant. The implant
immediately provides fixation and restores disc height. In order
to perform our AxiaLIF 360° procedure, a second incision is
made approximately eight inches above the first incision, and
two facet screws are implanted. The 360° fusion is widely
regarded as the most stable lumbar fusion procedure available.
The entire AxiaLIF procedure takes approximately 45 to 60
minutes to perform, and the AxiaLIF 360° requires an
additional 20 to 30 minutes.
51
The diagrams below depict the principal steps involved in a
stand-alone AxiaLIF procedure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Initial access is achieved with an introducer through a
small incision next to the tailbone
|
|
2. Introducer is advanced along the sacrum to the S1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. After access into the disc, the degenerated disc
material is removed
|
|
4. Bone grafting material is placed into the disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. The AxiaLIF implant is introduced
|
|
6. Fixation is established and disc height is restored
|
We believe our TranS1 approach and associated products provide
the following benefits for patients, providers and payors:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Least Invasive Approach Minimizes
Complications. Our Axia LIF products are
delivered using our TranS1 approach, which we believe is the
least invasive approach to deliver fusion and motion preserving
products to the L4/L5/S1 region. Procedures performed
utilizing our TranS1 approach have been documented to have
favorable clinical safety profiles with complication rates of
approximately 1%.
|
|
|
•
|
Ease of Use and Short Procedure Times. We have
received feedback from practicing surgeons that they can perform
AxiaLIF procedures utilizing our TranS1 approach within 45 to 60
minutes after they have performed just two to three surgeries.
We believe that these short procedure times can result in
reduced patient recovery times, decreased costs for the
hospitals and increased productivity for the surgeons. We also
believe the ease of use of our TranS1 approach enables reduced
physician training as compared to alternative lower lumbar spine
procedures.
|
52
|
|
|
|
•
|
Low Blood Loss. We believe the least invasive
nature of our TranS1 approach results in the average patient
losing approximately 25 to 125 cc of blood during an AxiaLIF or
AxiaLIF 360° procedure, which correlates to reduced pain
and faster recoveries. Given the associated low blood loss,
patients generally do not need to donate blood prior to
undergoing procedures that utilize our TranS1 approach.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Short Patient Hospital Stays. Patients
typically stay only one night in the hospital after receiving a
procedure performed using our TranS1 approach. In a small
percentage of cases, patients are able to return home the same
day.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Reduction in Patient Pain. We believe our
TranS1 approach is effective at reducing lower back pain because
surrounding soft tissue is not violated which prevents the
creation of scar tissue, a leading cause of pain.
|
Our
Strategy
Our goal is to become a global leader in the treatment of
conditions affecting the L4/L5/S1 region of the lumbar spine
utilizing our TranS1 approach and associated products. To
achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Establish our TranS1 Approach as a Standard of Care for Lower
Lumbar Spine Surgery. We believe patients
commonly avoid back surgery due to its invasive nature and other
drawbacks associated with current surgical treatment options. We
expend significant resources promoting our TranS1 approach as
the least invasive approach to lower back surgery and we believe
the advantages of our TranS1 approach will enable our AxiaLIF
products to become a standard of care for the lower lumbar
region of the spine.
|
|
|
•
|
Expand our Sales and Marketing Infrastructure to Drive
Surgeon Adoption. We intend to continue expending
significant resources targeting spine surgeons through our sales
and marketing efforts in the United States and internationally
in order to drive the adoption of our TranS1 approach. We
believe the ease of use, short procedure times, short hospital
stays and reduction in patient pain will be compelling reasons
for surgeon adoption of our technologies.
|
|
|
•
|
Broaden the Applications of the TranS1
Approach. We believe that the applications for
our TranS1 approach can be expanded beyond AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF
360° to include multi-level fusion and multi-level motion
preservation technologies. We are currently undertaking research
and development activities with respect to these applications.
|
|
|
•
|
Opportunistically Pursue Acquisitions of Complementary
Businesses and Technologies. In addition to
building our internal product development efforts, we intend to
selectively license or acquire complementary products and
technologies that we believe will enable us to leverage our
growing distribution platform.
|
Products
Our products include surgical instruments for creating a safe
and reproducible access route to the L4/L5/S1 vertebrae, fusion
implants, as well as supplemental stabilization products. We
believe our AxiaLIF implants and instruments, combined with
facet screws, provide surgeons with the tools necessary to
perform a 360° lumbar fusion in what may be the least
invasive manner available. We sell these products to our
customers in procedure kits that include all the instruments and
implants needed to complete a lumbar fusion.
AxiaLIF Lumbar Fusion Implants. Our AxiaLIF
implant is a threaded titanium rod, called our 3D Axial Rod,
that comes in varying lengths to enable one-level L5/S1
fusions and two-level L4/L5/S1 fusions. As it is implanted,
the proprietary thread design on our rod separates the
vertebrae, restoring disc height, which relieves pressure on the
nerve, and provides immediate rigid fixation. Currently, our
single-level AxiaLIF product for L5/S1 fusions is
commercially available in the United States and Europe, while
our two-level AxiaLIF 2L product for L4/L5/S1 fusions is
available in Europe.
53
AxiaLIF 360° Implants. Our proprietary
AxiaLIF 360° implants consist of our 3D Axial Rod plus our
titanium facet screws for supplemental posterior fixation. Our
AxiaLIF 360° facet screws are implanted using our
proprietary delivery system, and require a second 1.5 cm
incision in the patient’s back, through which the facet
screws are delivered. Currently, our AxiaLIF 360° implants
are commercially available in the United States and Europe.
TranS1 Access and Disc Preparation
Instruments. Our TranS1 approach requires the use
of a sterile set of surgical instruments that are used to create
a safe and reproducible working channel and to prepare the disc
and vertebrae for our implant. The instrumentation contained in
the set includes stainless steel navigation tools and access
cannulae to create the working channel, and nitinol cutters and
brushes to cut and remove the degenerated disc material and
prepare the disc space for our implant. Surgeons must have
access to imaging technology to navigate the tools.
Product
Pipeline
We are focused on developing novel percutaneous implants that
will utilize and leverage our TranS1 approach to the lumbar
spine. We currently have two products in development that are
intended to be used as a surgical therapy earlier in the
progression of degenerative disc disease than fusion, as they
are designed to preserve motion in the lumbar spine while
providing stabilization. Our motion preservation product
development efforts include our PNR and PDR implants. Our
modular product designs enable physicians to revise the implant
to address disease progression. For example, our PNR implant is
designed to be used for patients in the early stage of
degenerative disc disease and to be capable of conversion to our
PDR implant and ultimately our AxiaLIF fusion products if the
patient’s condition warrants. We believe these features may
encourage more patients and physicians to elect surgical
intervention, as well as encourage them to elect surgical
intervention earlier in the progression of their disease.
Percutaneous Nucleus Replacement. Our
proprietary PNR implant incorporates a soft polymer that
facilitates normal range of motion and restores disc height to
simulate the performance of a healthy disc. This design is
intended for patients suffering from earlier stage disc
degeneration prior to requiring disc replacement or fusion. By
utilizing our TranS1 approach, the PNR implant enables surgeons
to replace the disc nucleus while preserving other native
anatomy that provides stabilization, such as the annulus. We
believe all other nucleus replacement technologies currently in
development require access to the nucleus through the annulus.
Our PNR implant is currently in early-stage human clinical
trials outside the United States, and in the United States we
anticipate filing an investigational device exemption, or IDE,
in 2008 to begin the process of obtaining a PMA.
Partial Disc Replacement. Our proprietary PDR
implant is our PNR implant with the addition of a cobalt chrome
rod incorporating a
ball-and-socket
design intended to provide additional stability while preserving
normal range of motion. This design is intended for patients
suffering from mid-stage disc degeneration, or PNR patients
whose disease has progressed but does not yet require fusion.
The PDR implantation procedure is identical to that of the PNR,
with the addition of the insertion of the cobalt chrome rod. If
the patient already has a PNR, converting to our PDR only
requires the insertion of the cobalt chrome rod through the
existing PNR implant. Our PDR implant is currently in late-stage
development and we anticipate commencing human clinical trials
outside the United States in 2008.
In the future, we believe our product offerings will be expanded
to address additional clinical applications in the surgical
treatment of conditions affecting the lower lumbar spine, such
as neuro stimulation and biologics. Such applications would
require FDA 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, most likely
supported by safety and efficacy data from clinical trials.
AxiaLIF
Clinical Data Summary
To date, we have completed several pre-clinical studies and
clinical trials related to our TranS1 approach and AxiaLIF
products. The results of these trials were sufficient to allow
us to receive 510(k) clearance of our AxiaLIF and AxiaLF
360° products in 2004. Since that time, we are aware of
three clinical studies, consisting of two retrospective studies
and one company-sponsored prospective study, that are being
conducted to further
54
validate the safety, reproducibility and efficacy of the AxiaLIF
procedure. We believe these are the only clinical studies
involving our TranS1 approach and AxiaLIF products that include
verifiable data and have been submitted for publication or
presented at conferences since our initial 510(k) clearances.
Each of these studies defines safety as the ability to access
the lumbar spine in a reproducible manner with minimal or no
access-related complications. Efficacy is evaluated based on
quantifiable pain reduction, fusion rates, blood loss, length of
patient stay and length of procedure. In order to determine pain
reduction, patients were evaluated before and after surgery
utilizing the visual analogue scale, or VAS, and Oswestry
disability index, or ODI. VAS compares a patient’s level of
pain prior to the procedure to the patient’s level of pain
at various intervals following the procedure. This is indicated
by the patient on a horizontal line measuring from one, which
represents no pain, to 100, which represents the worst pain. ODI
measures a patient’s disability before and at various
intervals after the procedure. The index is calculated based on
the patient’s response to a questionnaire and is expressed
as a percentage of disability, with 100% suggesting complete
disability. Fusion rates are determined by the percentage of
patients that experience less than 3 mm of movement in the
space between the fused vertebrae while bending forward and
backward or by bone growth across the disc space.
One of these studies was a retrospective, multicenter study
conducted by lead investigator, Christopher Ames, M.D. This
study enrolled 35 patients, consisting of 15 men and 20
women. Average
follow-up
was 14.5 months. Participating patients had back pain and
degenerative disc disease, degenerative lumbar scoliosis or
lytic spondylolisthesis. Twenty-one patients underwent the
AxiaLIF procedure followed by pedicle screw fixation. Two
patients underwent AxiaLIF followed by XLIF of the L4/L5
verterbrae. Ten patients received only the AxiaLIF procedure.
Two patients received the AxiaLIF procedure as part of a larger
procedure which included open fusion procedures elsewhere in the
spine.
For patients in this study, the average blood loss during the
procedure was 30 cc and the average length of the procedure was
42 minutes, in each case as measured only during the AxiaLIF
portion of the procedure. Average length of hospital stay varied
depending on the type of procedure and ranged from 21 hours
for a standalone AxiaLIF procedure, to 2.2 days for an
AxiaLIF procedure followed by pedicle screw fixation, to
3.5 days for AxiaLIF followed by an XLIF. One patient in
the study suffered local infection at the site of the incision
that was treated with oral antibiotics and resolved. The
following table summarizes the
12-month
results from the registry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAS
|
|
ODI
|
|
|
|
|
Improvement
|
|
Improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12-Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
12-Months
|
|
|
|
|
Complication
|
|
Before
|
|
Post-
|
|
Point
|
|
Before
|
|
Post-
|
|
Point
|
Fusion Rate
|
|
Rate
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Change
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Change
|
|
91%
|
|
3%
|
|
75
|
|
31
|
|
44
|
|
42%
|
|
22%
|
|
20
|
There were three patients that did not show evidence of fusion,
two were among the standalone group and one received AxiaLIF and
XLIF. Of these patients, one requested to have the AxiaLIF
removed, which was done and replaced with a bone graft. The
patient showed evidence of fusion at six months following that
procedure. Unfavorable anatomy precluded access to the L5/S1
disc space during open lumbar interbody fusion in
2 patients who subsequently underwent AxiaLIF at this level
as part of a large construct. These two patients experienced a
mean hospital stay of eight days.
The combined study data is pending publication with the Journal
of Minimally Invasive Neurosurgery. After the surgeries for this
study were completed, we entered into a consulting agreement
with the lead investigator of this study for training other
surgeons and providing clinical feedback to us. The consulting
agreement has a term of three years, is terminable by either
party upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party,
and provides for certain cash payments per AxiaLIF training lab
and per diem if the investigator travels more than one day per
quarter. Additionally, in connection with the consulting
agreement, in November 2006, we granted the lead investigator an
option to purchase 9,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $1.11 per share.
55
Another study was a retrospective, single-center study conducted
by lead investigator, W. Daniel Bradley, M.D. This study
involved the first 20 patients, consisting of 13 women
and 7 men, who underwent an AxiaLIF procedure at the study
center. All patients were treated for symptomatic disc
degeneration at the L5/S1 level that was unresponsive to
conservative therapies. Fifteen patients underwent the AxiaLIF
procedure followed by pedicle screw fixation, and five patients
received only the AxiaLIF procedure.
For patients in this study, the mean blood loss was
38.8 cc. The average length of the procedure was
80 minutes for a standalone AxiaLIF procedure and
152 minutes for an AxiaLIF procedure together with pedicle
screw fixation. The average length of hospital stay, including
both types of procedure, was 1.2 days. No device or
procedure related complications were observed among the
patients. Given that none of the patients in this study have
reached a
12-month
follow-up,
fusion rates for the this study have not yet been reported.
However, we are aware of one patient that experienced an
unrelated traumatic event three months after the procedure
that is expected to prevent fusion. The following table
summarizes the average VAS and ODI scores for all
20 patients measured as of their most recent follow-up
visit, which could be either three weeks, three months
or six months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAS
|
|
ODI
|
|
|
Improvement
|
|
Improvement
|
Complication
|
|
Before
|
|
Post-
|
|
Point
|
|
Before
|
|
Post-
|
|
Point
|
Rate
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Change
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Procedure
|
|
Change
|
|
0%
|
|
73
|
|
29
|
|
44
|
|
43%
|
|
26%
|
|
17
|
This study data was presented at the International Meeting of
Advanced Spinal Techniques in July 2007 by its authors. After
the surgeries for this study were completed, we entered into a
consulting agreement with the lead investigator of this study
for training other surgeons and providing clinical feedback to
us. The consulting agreement has a term of three years, is
terminable by either party upon 30 days’ written
notice to the other party, and provides for certain cash
payments per AxiaLIF training lab and per diem if the
investigator travels on our behalf and if pre-approved.
Additionally, in connection with the consulting agreement, in
November 2006 and May 2007, we granted the lead investigator
options to purchase 4,500 shares and 4,770 shares,
respectively, of our common stock at exercise prices of $1.11
per share and $5.56 per share, respectively.
We are conducting a single-center, non-randomized, 24-month
study of 26 patients, consisting of 15 men and 11 women,
which we refer to as our AxiaLIF Data Registry. Study enrollment
began in July 2005 and clinical information has been collected
from the medical records of enrolled patients who will be
tracked at three weeks, and 3-, 6-, 12-,
24-month
intervals following surgery by their surgeon investigators. All
subjects have completed their
12-month
follow-up
and we expect to complete the registry by April 2008.
For patients enrolled in the registry the average blood loss
during the procedure was 88.5 cc, the average length of stay in
the hospital was 2.6 days and the average length of the
procedure was 214 minutes. For purposes of the registry,
patients also received posterior pedicle screws in conjunction
with the AxiaLIF to further augment the stability of the spine.
The reported blood loss, length of hospital stay and length of
procedure all include the effects of the additional procedure to
implant pedicle screws. There were six reports of serious
adverse events in three patients none of which were considered
to be related to the AxiaLIF procedure. The following table
summarizes the
12-month
results from the registry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VAS
|
|
|
ODI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Improvement
|
|
|
Improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12-Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12-Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complication
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
Point
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
Point
|
|
Fusion Rate
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Procedure
|
|
|
Procedure
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Procedure
|
|
|
Procedure
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
88%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
49%
|
|
|
|
33%
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
This study data was presented at the Annual Meeting of the
American Association of Neurological Surgeons in April 2007.
After the surgeries for this study were completed, we entered
into a consulting agreement with the lead investigator of this
study for training other surgeons and providing clinical
feedback to us. The consulting agreement has a term of three
years, is terminable by either party upon 30 days’
written notice to the other party, and provides for certain cash
payments per AxiaLIF training lab and per diem if the
56
investigator travels more than one day per quarter.
Additionally, in connection with the consulting agreement, in
November 2006 and January 2007, we granted the lead investigator
options to purchase 15,831 shares and 3,937 shares,
respectively, of our common stock at exercise prices of $1.11
per share and $2.00 per share, respectively.
Sales and
Marketing
Our sales and marketing effort primarily targets industry
leaders and high volume spine surgeons. We also market our
products at various industry conferences and through industry
organized surgical training courses. In addition, we intend to
develop and implement marketing programs targeted at potential
patients, which we believe will accelerate the demand for our
products.
In 2005, two customers, Christ Hospital in Cincinnati, Ohio, and
Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Nebraska, accounted
for 16% and 11%, respectively, of our revenues. In 2006, one
customer, Christ Hospital, accounted for 11% of revenues.
In the United States, we market and sell our products through a
combination of direct sales representatives and independent
sales agencies that have allocated representatives to solicit
our products. Our U.S. sales and marketing team is
currently comprised of our vice president of sales and
marketing, 5 regional sales managers, 1 director of
training and professional development, 23 direct sales
representatives and 21 independent sales agents covering
specific geographic regions. By
mid-2008, we
expect to have increased the number of our direct sales
representatives to 50. We select our sales representatives and
independent sales agents based on their expertise in spine
surgery medical device sales, reputation within the surgeon
community and sales coverage. We compensate our sales
representatives and independent sales agents based on a
percentage of the net sales that they generate. We have
agreements with our independent sales agents that provide them
with an exclusive right to sell our products in their
territories, which are generally terminable upon
90 days’ written notice.
Outside of the United States, we utilize third-party
distributors, with support from our U.S. sales and
marketing staff, to support the commercialization of our
products. To date, the majority of our international sales have
been in Europe. We intend to continue to hire sales and
marketing personnel as appropriate to enable us to support the
commercialization of our products.
Surgeon
Training
We devote significant resources to training and educating
surgeons on the specialized skills involved in the proper use of
our instruments and implants. We believe that the most effective
way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by
training spine surgeons in the use of our products. We
accomplish our training objectives primarily through cadaver and
surrogate models and live case observations with surgeons
experienced in our TranS1 approach. After this training,
surgeons are generally able to perform unsupervised surgeries
using our TranS1 approach. We supplement our training with
online didactic tutorials. As of June 30, 2007, we had
trained approximately 500 U.S. spine surgeons and 54
surgeons outside of the U.S. in the use of our products. Of
the surgeons trained on our TranS1 approach, approximately 190
have performed a procedure in the 12 months ended June 30, 2007
using our TranS1 approach. We believe we have the necessary
capacity to train a sufficient number of surgeons to meet our
current goals.
Third-Party
Reimbursement
In the United States, healthcare providers generally rely on
third-party payors, principally private insurers and
governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and
reimburse all or part of the cost of a spine fusion surgery in
which our medical device is used. The cost of a spine fusion
surgery in which our medical device is used is currently covered
and reimbursed by such third-party payors under
Diagnosis-Related Groups 496 (“Combined Anterior/Posterior
Spinal Fusion”), 497 (“Spinal Fusion Except Cervical
with CC”) or 498 (“Spinal Fusion Except Cervical
without CC”). We expect that sales volumes and prices of
our products will depend in large part on the continued
availability of reimbursement from such third-party payors.
These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they
determine that a device used in a procedure was not used in
accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined
by the third-party payor, or was used for
57
an unapproved indication. Particularly in the United States,
third-party payors continue to carefully review, and
increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and
medical products.
Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies are developed by
the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, the
federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare
program, and its contractors. CMS establishes Medicare coverage
and reimbursement policies for medical products and procedures
and such policies are periodically reviewed and updated. While
private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies, the
Medicare program is viewed as a benchmark. Medicare
reimbursement rates for the same or similar procedures vary due
to geographic location, nature of the facility in which the
procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital)
and other factors. We cannot assure you that government or
private third-party payors will cover and reimburse the
procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future
or that payment rates will be adequate.
In addition, a large percentage of insured individuals receive
their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor
and often require pre-approval of the services that a member
will receive. Many managed care programs are paying their
providers on a capitated basis, which puts the providers at
financial risk for the services provided to their patients by
paying them a predetermined payment per member per month. The
percentage of individuals covered by managed care programs
continues to grow in the United States.
Internationally, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems
vary substantially from country to country and include
single-payor, government-managed systems as well as systems in
which private payors and government-managed systems exist
side-by-side.
Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales
volume in international markets we enter will be dependent in
large part on the availability of reimbursement for procedures
performed using our products under the healthcare payment
systems in such markets. A small number of countries may require
us to gather additional clinical data before recognizing
coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to
complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and
reimbursement approval in countries where it makes economic
sense to do so.
We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products
and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased
pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of
products and services. We cannot assure you that government or
private third-party payors will cover and reimburse the
procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future
or that payment rates will be adequate. In addition, it is
possible that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement
policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand
for our procedures and products or our ability to sell them on a
profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of
third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition.
Competition
The medical device industry is highly competitive, subject to
rapid technological change and significantly affected by new
product introductions and market activities of other
participants. Our currently marketed products are, and any
future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense
competition. Our competitors include providers of conservative,
non-operative therapies for lower lumbar spine conditions, as
well as a number of major medical device companies that have
developed or plan to develop products for minimally invasive
spine surgery in each of our current and future product
categories. We believe that the principal competitive factors in
our markets include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
improved outcomes for medical conditions affecting the lower
lumbar spine;
|
|
|
•
|
acceptance by spine surgeons;
|
|
|
•
|
ease of use and reliability;
|
|
|
•
|
product price and qualification for reimbursement;
|
|
|
•
|
technical leadership and superiority;
|
|
|
•
|
effective marketing and distribution; and
|
58
We are aware of several companies that compete or are developing
technologies in our current and future product areas. As a
result, we expect competition to remain intense. We believe that
our most significant competitors are Medtronic Sofamor Danek,
Johnson & Johnson DePuy Spine, Stryker, NuVasive,
Kyphon, Zimmer, Synthes, Abbott, Orthofix, Globus, Alphatec and
others, many of which have substantially greater sales and
financial resources than we do. In addition, these companies may
have more established distribution networks, entrenched
relationships with physicians, and greater experience in
launching, marketing, distributing and selling products.
Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability
to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a
timely manner, receive adequate reimbursement and are safer,
less invasive and less expensive than alternatives available for
the same purpose. Because of the size of the potential market,
we anticipate that companies will dedicate significant resources
to developing competing products.
Research
and Development
As of June 30, 2007, our research and development team was
comprised of nine employees and consultants who have extensive
experience in developing products to treat medical conditions
affecting the lower lumbar spine. These employees and
consultants work closely with our clinical advisors and spine
surgeon customers to design and enhance our products and
approach.
Since inception, we have devoted significant resources to
develop and enhance our AxiaLIF product kits utilizing the
TranS1 approach. We expect our research and development
expenditures to increase as we continue to devote significant
resources to developing our PNR and PDR products and completing
the clinical trials necessary to support submissions to gain
regulatory approvals.
Manufacturing
and Supply
We rely on third parties to manufacture all of our products and
their components, except for our nitinol nucleus cutter blades
and nucleus cutter sheaths, which are manufactured by us at our
facilities in Wilmington, North Carolina. Our outsourcing
partners are manufacturers that meet FDA, International
Organization for Standardization, or ISO, and other quality
standards. We believe these manufacturing relationships allow us
to work with suppliers who have the best specific competencies
while we minimize our capital investment, control costs and
shorten cycle times, all of which we believe allows us to
compete with larger-volume manufacturers of spine surgery
products.
All of our products and components are assembled, packaged,
labeled and sterilized at third-party facilities in the United
States under our existing contracts requiring compliance with
Good Manufacturing Processes, or GMPs. Following receipt of
products or components from our third-party manufacturers, we
inspect, warehouse and ship the products and components at our
facilities in Wilmington. We reserve the exclusive right to
inspect and assure conformance of each product and component to
our specifications. In addition, FDA or other regulatory
authorities may inspect our facilities and those of our
suppliers to ensure compliance with quality system regulations.
The majority of our instruments and implants are produced by
third-party manufacturers on precision, high-speed machine shop
equipment. However, certain of our products, components,
materials used to manufacture such products and components, and
manufacturing operations are produced, performed or supplied by
third-party specialty vendors due to their proprietary or
non-conventional nature. For example, the blades for our nucleus
cutter are made from a metal called nitinol, which is converted
into strip form by three manufacturers in the United States
known to us. We have sourced nitinol strip from two of these
vendors. The nitinol strip is then further converted for us into
cutter blanks by a scalpel blade specialty vendor. Other vendors
are available to manufacture the cutter blanks, as we may deem
desirable or necessary. We convert the cutter blanks into cutter
blades at our facilities. Our tissue extractor product is
produced for us by a supplier that specializes in wire forming
and coiling specifically for the medical device industry. A
limited number of
59
similar vendors exist that could be used to produce the tissue
extractor product, and we believe we could replace this supplier
on reasonable terms without substantial delay, if necessary.
We are currently working with our third-party manufacturers to
plan for our manufacturing requirements as we increase our
commercialization efforts. In most cases, we have redundant
manufacturing capability with multiple vendors and enjoy the
significant capacity this arrangement provides to us. We may
consider manufacturing certain products or product components
internally, if and when demand or quality requirements make it
appropriate to do so. We believe the manufacturing capacity
available to us is sufficient to meet our demands into the
foreseeable future.
Patents
and Proprietary Technology
We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade
secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure
agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual
property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive
advantage, we must develop and maintain the proprietary aspects
of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants and
advisors to execute confidentiality agreements in connection
with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships with
us. We also require our employees, consultants and advisors who
we expect to work on our products to agree to disclose and
assign to us all inventions conceived during the work day, using
our property or which relate to our business. We cannot provide
any assurance that employees and consultants will abide by the
confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements. Despite
any measures taken to protect our intellectual property,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products
or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
Patents
As of June 30, 2007, we had 9 issued United States patents,
33 pending patent applications in the United States, and 48
foreign patent applications as counterparts of U.S. cases.
The issued and pending patents cover, among other things:
|
|
|
|
•
|
our method for performing trans-sacral procedures in the spine,
including diagnostic or therapeutic procedures, and trans-sacral
introduction of instrumentation or implants;
|
|
|
•
|
apparatus for conducting these procedures including access, disc
preparation and implantation including the current TranS1
instruments individually and in kit form; and
|
|
|
•
|
implants for fusion and motion preservation in the spine.
|
Our issued patents begin to expire in 2021 assuming timely
payment of all maintenance fees. We have multiple patents
covering unique aspects and improvements for many of our methods
and products. We do not believe that the expiration of any
single patent is likely to significantly affect our business,
operating results or prospects.
Our pending patent applications may not result in issued
patents, and we cannot assure you that any patents that have
issued or might issue will protect our intellectual property
rights. The medical device industry is characterized by the
existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation
based on allegations of patent infringement. Any patents issued
to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid. Any
claim relating to infringement of patents that is successfully
asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages.
Even if we were to prevail, any litigation could be costly and
time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management
and key personnel from our business operations. Our success will
also depend in part on our ability to not infringe patents
issued to others, including our competitors and potential
competitors. If our products are found to infringe the patents
of others, our development, manufacture and sale of such
potential products could be severely restricted or prohibited.
In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar
technologies that avoid our patents. In addition, we cannot be
certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the
misappropriation of our intellectual property. Because of the
importance of our patent portfolio to our business, we may lose
market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our
intellectual property rights.
60
Trademarks
We own trademark registrations for the marks TranS1 and AxiaLIF
in the United States and the European Union. We own six
trademark applications pending in the United States for the
following marks: 3D Axial Rod, TranS1 Structsure, AxiaLIF 2L,
AxiaLIF 360°, PNR and TranS1 PDR. We also own pending
trademark applications for the marks AxiaLIF 2L and AxiaLIF
360° in the European Union.
Government
Regulation
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation
by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory
bodies and comparable authorities in other countries. To ensure
that medical products distributed domestically and
internationally are safe and effective for their intended use,
FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have imposed
regulations that govern, among other things, the following
activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to
perform:
|
|
|
|
•
|
product design and development;
|
|
|
•
|
product testing;
|
|
|
•
|
product manufacturing;
|
|
|
•
|
product labeling;
|
|
|
•
|
product storage;
|
|
|
•
|
premarket clearance or approval;
|
|
|
•
|
advertising and promotion;
|
|
|
•
|
product marketing, sales and distribution; and
|
|
|
•
|
post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious
injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions.
|
FDA’s
Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to
commercially distribute in the United States will require either
prior 510(k) clearance or prior premarket approval from the FDA.
The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes.
Devices deemed to pose lower risk are placed in either
class I or II, which in many cases requires the
manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification or
510(k) submission requesting permission for commercial
distribution. This process is known as requesting 510(k)
clearance. Some low risk devices are exempt from this
requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest
risk, such as many life-sustaining, life-supporting or
implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially
equivalent to a legally marketable device, are placed in
class III, requiring premarket approval. Our current
commercial products are class II devices marketed under FDA
510(k) premarket clearance. Both premarket clearance and
premarket approval applications are subject to the payment of
user fees, paid at the time of submission for FDA review.
510(k)
Clearance Pathway
To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket
notification demonstrating that the proposed device is
substantially equivalent to a legally marketable device not
requiring PMA approval. Although statutorily mandated to clear
or deny a 510(k) premarket notification within 90 days of
submission of the application, FDA’s 510(k) clearance
pathway usually takes from three to twelve months, based on
requests for additional information by FDA, but it can take
significantly longer. Additional information can include
clinical data to make a determination regarding substantial
equivalence.
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that
could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that
would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will
require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the
modification, require premarket approval. The FDA requires each
manufacturer
61
to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of
a 510(k), or a premarket approval, but the FDA can review any
such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s
determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s
determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease
marketing
and/or
recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket
approval is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k)
clearance or premarket approval for any modifications to a
previously cleared product, we may be required to cease
marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this
clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be
subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. We have
made and plan to continue to make additional product
enhancements to our AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360° products that
we believe do not require new 510(k) clearances.
Premarket
Approval Pathway
A premarket approval application must be submitted if the device
cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The premarket
approval application process is generally more costly and time
consuming than the 510(k) process. A premarket approval
application must be supported by extensive data including, but
not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials,
manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s
satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its
intended use.
After a premarket approval application is sufficiently complete,
the FDA will accept the application and begin an in-depth review
of the submitted information. By statute, the FDA has
180 days to review the “accepted application”,
although, generally, review of the application can take between
one and three years, but it may take significantly longer.
During this review period, the FDA may request additional
information or clarification of information already provided.
Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from
outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the
application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the
approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a
preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure
compliance with quality system regulations. New premarket
approval applications or premarket approval application
supplements are required prior to marketing for product
modifications that affect the safety and efficacy of the device.
Premarket approval supplements often require submission of the
same type of information as a premarket approval application,
except that the supplement is limited to information needed to
support any changes from the device covered by the original
premarket approval application, and may not require as extensive
clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. None of our
products are currently approved under a premarket approval but
devices in development may require it.
Clinical
Trials
Clinical trials are almost always required to support a
premarket approval application and are sometimes required for a
510(k) premarket notification. In the U.S., these trials often
require submission of an application for an investigational
device exemption, or IDE. The investigational device exemption
application must be supported by appropriate data, such as
animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe
to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is
scientifically sound. The investigational device exemption
application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a
specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a
non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated
investigational device exemption requirements. Clinical trials
for a significant risk device may begin once the investigational
device exemption application is approved by the FDA and the
appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial
sites. Future clinical trials of our motion preservation designs
will require that we obtain an investigational device exemption
from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials and that the
trial be conducted under the oversight of an institutional
review board at the clinical trial site. Our clinical trials
must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations and federal
and state regulations concerning human subject protection,
including informed consent and healthcare privacy and financial
disclosure by clinical investigators. A clinical trial may be
suspended by FDA or the investigational review board at any time
for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the
study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the
study. Even if a study is completed, the results of our clinical
testing may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the
device, or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to
obtain clearance or approval of one of our products. Similarly,
in Europe the clinical study must be approved by the local
ethics committee and in some cases, including studies of
high-risk devices, by the Ministry of Health in the applicable
country.
62
Pervasive
and Continuing FDA Regulation
After a device is placed on the market, numerous FDA and other
regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers,
including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow
stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other
quality assurance controls, during all aspects of the
manufacturing process;
|
|
|
•
|
labeling regulations, and FDA prohibitions against the promotion
of products for uncleared or unapproved “off-label”
uses;
|
|
|
•
|
medical device reporting obligations, which require that
manufacturers submit reports to the FDA if information
reasonably suggests their device (i) may have caused or
contributed to a death or serious injury, or
(ii) malfunctioned and the device or a similar company
device would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious
injury if the malfunction were to recur; and
|
|
|
•
|
other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when
necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional
safety and effectiveness data for the device.
|
We and our third-party manufacturers must register with FDA as
medical device manufacturers and must obtain all necessary state
permits or licenses to operate our business. As manufacturers,
we and our third-party manufacturers are subject to announced
and unannounced inspections by FDA to determine our compliance
with quality system regulation and other regulations. We have
not yet been inspected by the FDA. We believe that we are in
substantial compliance with quality system regulation and other
regulations.
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can
result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include,
among other things, any of the following sanctions:
|
|
|
|
•
|
warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil
penalties;
|
|
|
•
|
repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;
|
|
|
•
|
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of
production;
|
|
|
•
|
refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval
of new products, new intended uses or other modifications to
existing products;
|
|
|
•
|
withdrawing or suspending premarket approvals that are already
granted; and
|
|
|
•
|
criminal prosecution.
|
We are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the
FDA and these inspections may include the manufacturing
facilities of our subcontractors.
Fraud
and Abuse
We may directly or indirectly be subject to various federal and
state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including
anti-kickback laws. In particular, the federal healthcare
program anti-kickback statute prohibits persons from knowingly
and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing
remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to
induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing,
arranging for or recommending a good or service, for which
payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare
programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The
anti-kickback statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements
and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the
healthcare industry. In implementing the statute, the Office of
Inspector General, or OIG, has issued a series of regulations,
known as the “safe harbors,” which began in July 1991.
These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their
applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare
providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted
under the anti-kickback statute. The failure of a transaction or
arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors
does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution
will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that
do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe
harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government
enforcement authorities such as the OIG. Penalties for
violations of the federal anti-kickback statute include criminal
penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and
possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal
healthcare programs.
63
The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly
filing or causing to be filed a false claim to, or the knowing
use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal
government. Suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as
“qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on
behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as
“relators” or, more commonly, as
“whistleblowers”, may share in any amounts paid by the
entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of
filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent
years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a
False Claim action. If an entity is determined to have violated
the federal False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to
three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus
civil penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate
false claim. Various states have also enacted similar laws
modeled after the federal False Claims Act which apply to items
and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs,
or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.
HIPAA created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false
statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud
statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to
defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private
payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result
in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored
programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and
willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact
or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent
statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for
healthcare benefits, items, or services. A violation of this
statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.
If any of our operations are found to have violated or be in
violation of any of the laws described above and other
applicable state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be
subject to penalties, among them being civil and criminal
penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government healthcare
programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
International
International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign
government regulations, which vary substantially from country to
country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign
country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA
clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ.
The European Union, which consists of 25 of the major countries
in Europe, has adopted numerous directives and standards
regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling,
and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Other
countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws
and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with
respect to medical devices. Devices that comply with the
requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE
conformity marking and, accordingly, can be commercially
distributed throughout the member states of the European Union,
and other countries that comply with or mirror these directives.
The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type
and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of
self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment
by a “Notified Body,” an independent and neutral
institution appointed to conduct conformity assessment. This
third-party assessment consists of an audit of the
manufacturer’s quality system and technical review and
testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a
Notified Body in one country within the European Union is
required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute
the product throughout the European Union. In addition,
compliance with voluntary harmonizing standards ISO 9001 and ISO
13845 issued by the International Organization for Standards
establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential
requirements for a CE mark. In August 2004, we were certified by
Semko, a Notified Body, under the European Union Medical Device
Directive allowing the CE conformity marking to be applied.
Employees
As of June 30, 2007, we had 63 employees, 61 of whom
were full-time employees, with 34 employees in sales and
marketing, 9 employees in manufacturing, 8 employees
in research and development, including 1 part-time
employee, 7 employees in general and administrative,
including 1 part-time employee, and 5 employees in
clinical, regulatory and quality assurance. We believe that our
future success will depend in part on our continued ability to
attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our
employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our
employee relations are good.
64
Facilities
We lease approximately 30,000 square feet of space in a
single-user building located in an industrial park in
Wilmington, North Carolina. Of that amount, approximately
12,200 square feet are used for manufacturing and
warehousing, approximately 5,700 square feet are used for
office space, approximately 500 square feet are used for
research and development activities, and approximately
11,600 square feet are available as expansion space. This
lease expires in June 2010. We believe our current facilities
will be sufficient to meet our needs through at least that time.
Litigation
We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings. We
may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business from time to time.
65
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Richard Randall
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Michael Luetkemeyer
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Rick Simmons
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Vice President, Marketing and Sales
|
Robert Assell
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Vice President, Product Development
|
William Jackson
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Vice President, Regulatory, Clinical and Quality
|
Robert Martin
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Vice President, International Sales
|
Michael Carusi
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Director
|
Mitchell Dann
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
Jonathan Osgood
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
James Shapiro
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Director
|
Richard Randall has been our President, Chief
Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since
June 2002. From June 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Randall served
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Incumed, Inc., a
privately-held medical device incubator company. He was
President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Innovasive
Devices, Inc., a developer, manufacturer and marketer of
arthroscopic surgical products which was acquired by the Ethicon
Division of Johnson & Johnson in 2000, from January 1994 to
February 2000. Mr. Randall served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Conceptus, Inc. from December 1992 to July
1993 and Chief Financial Officer from December 1992 to January
1995. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Target Therapeutics, Inc., an interventional neurovascular
medical device company which was acquired by Boston Scientific
Corporation in 1997, from June 1989 to May 1993 and was a
director of Target Therapeutics from June 1989 to April 1997.
Mr. Randall received a B.S. degree in Biology and Science
Education from State University College of New York at Buffalo.
Michael Luetkemeyer has been our Chief Financial
Officer since April 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Luetkemeyer
held various positions with Micromuse, Inc., a network
management software provider that was acquired by IBM in 2006,
including Chief Financial Officer from October 2001 to January
2005, interim Chief Executive Officer from January 2003 to
August 2003, and Senior Vice President from February 2005 to
March 2006. Mr. Luetkemeyer also served as a member of the
board of directors of Micromuse from January 2003 to February
2005. Prior to joining Micromuse, he served as Chief Financial
Officer of Aprisma Management Technologies, a network management
software provider, from 2000 until October 2001, and held a
variety of senior finance positions at GE Aerospace, GE
Semiconductor and GE Plastics for more than ten years.
Mr. Luetkemeyer received a B.S. degree in Finance from
Southwest Missouri State, an M.A. degree in Economics from the
University of Missouri and a B.S. degree in Accounting from
Rollins College.
Rick Simmons has been our Vice President,
Marketing and Sales since November 2003. From 2000 to 2003
Mr. Simmons served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing
at Nuvasive, Inc., a publicly traded minimally invasive spinal
platform technology and implant company. From 1997 to 2000, he
served as Vice President, Global Marketing and Sales of
Innovasive Devices, Inc., a developer, manufacturer and marketer
of arthroscopic surgical products which was acquired by the
Ethicon Division of Johnson & Johnson in 2000. From
1995 to 1997, Mr. Simmons served as Director of Marketing,
Managed Care and Business Development of Genzyme Tissue Repair,
Inc., a human tissue engineering technology company serving the
orthopaedic surgical sports medicine market and publicly traded
division within Genzyme Corporation. Mr. Simmons received a
B.A. degree in Exercise Physiology from the California State
University, Northridge.
Robert Assell has been our Vice President, Product
Development since February 2003. From February 2002 to February
2003, Mr. Assell served as our consultant with respect to
research and development activities. From January 1997 to
February 2002, Mr. Assell served as Vice President,
Operations for Bioamide, Inc., an early stage technology company
focusing on tissue engineered hair replacement, which is now
Aderans Research. During the
66
period from November 1999 to February 2002, he also served as
the interim President of Closys, Inc., a development stage
medical device company focusing on development of a vascular
access closure device. From October 1998 to September 1999,
Mr. Assell served as the Vice President, Research and
Development for Vascular Solutions, Inc., a publicly traded
company concentrating on the vascular sealing segment of the
interventional cardiology market. Prior to that, he served as
the Vice President of Research and Development and Operations
for RayMedica, Inc., a development stage medical device company
focusing on developing spinal implants and treating degenerative
disc disease. Mr. Assell received a B.S. degree in
Mechanical Engineering from the University of Minnesota and an
M.B.A. degree from the University of St. Thomas.
William Jackson has been our Vice President,
Regulatory, Clinical and Quality since May 2007.
Mr. Jackson has over 29 years of regulatory
experience, including responsibility for regulatory and clinical
affairs at St. Jude Medical, Inc., and holding senior positions
in regulatory and clinical affairs at Genetic Laboratories,
Neuromed and Intermedics, Inc. Mr. Jackson also founded
W.F. Jackson Associates, Ltd., a regulatory affairs consulting
business for medical device companies, in 1991 and has served
as its President since that time. Mr. Jackson received a
B.A. degree in Zoology and Chemistry from Concordia College and
an M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota (Moorhead).
Robert Martin has been our Vice President of
International Sales since July 2007. From 2000 to June 2007,
Mr. Martin served as Vice President of Global Sales and
Marketing and, most recently, as President and CEO at Ascension
Orthopedics Inc., a privately held extremity orthopedics
company. From 1999 to 2000, he served as European Sales Manager
for Innovasive Devices, Inc. a developer, manufacturer, and
marketer of arthroscopic surgical products which was acquired by
the Ethicon Division of Johnson & Johnson in 2000.
From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Martin served as Sales and Marketing
Manager for 3 divisions of Stryker Inc. (Canada), a publicly
traded global orthopedic company. Mr. Martin received a
B.A. degree in Physical Education from the University of Western
Ontario.
Michael Carusi has served as a member of our board
of directors since April 2003. He has served as a General
Partner at Advanced Technology Ventures, a venture capital firm,
since October 1998. Advanced Technology Ventures beneficially
owns approximately 19.5% of the shares of our common stock prior
to the completion of this offering, and will beneficially own
approximately 13.8% after the completion of this offering.
Mr. Carusi serves on the board of directors of XTENT, Inc.,
a publicly traded medical device company, as well as the boards
of several privately-held life sciences and medical device
companies. Mr. Carusi received a B.S. degree in Mechanical
Engineering from Lehigh University and an M.B.A. degree from the
Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.
Mitchell Dann has served as a member of our board
of directors since September 2000. Mr. Dann is the founder
and managing member of Sapient Capital Management, LLC, the
general partner of the general partner of Sapient Capital, L.P.,
a venture capital firm specializing in the medical device
industry. Sapient Capital beneficially owns approximately 12.0%
of the shares of our common stock prior to the completion of
this offering, and will beneficially own approximately 8.5%
after the completion of this offering. Previously, Mr. Dann
was President of M. Dann & Co., Inc., a venture
capital advisory firm, and was a co-founder of Urologix, Inc., a
publicly traded medical device company, where he served as a
director from 1991 until 2005, including as Chairman of the
Board from 1993 until 2003. Mr. Dann also serves as a
member of the board of directors of several privately-held
medical device companies. Mr. Dann received a
B.S. degree in Engineering; Management from the University
of Vermont.
Jonathan Osgood has served as a member of our
board of directors since March 2002. In 2001, Mr. Osgood
co-founded, and is the managing member of, Cutlass Capital,
L.L.C., a venture capital firm that invests exclusively in the
healthcare industry. Cutlass Capital beneficially owns
approximately 15.0% of the shares of our common stock prior to
the completion of this offering, and will beneficially own
approximately 10.6% after the completion of this offering.
Mr. Osgood also serves as a member of the board of
directors of several privately-held medical device companies.
Mr. Osgood is a Certified Financial Analyst and received a
B.A. degree in Economics from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A.
degree from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth
College.
James Shapiro has served as a member of our board
of directors since September 2005. Mr. Shapiro has served
as a General Partner of Kearny Venture Partners, a venture
capital firm, and its predecessor, Thomas
67
Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, since March 2003. Since
January 2000, Mr. Shapiro has also been a General Partner
of ABS Healthcare Ventures. Mr. Shapiro serves on the board
of directors of Hansen Medical, Inc., a publicly traded medical
device company, as well as on the boards of several
privately-held medical device companies. Mr. Shapiro
received a B.A. degree from Princeton University and an M.B.A
degree from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of five members and
two vacancies. Our amended and restated investors’ rights
agreement confers upon certain classes of our stockholders the
right to elect a specified number of directors to our board of
directors, with such directors being designated by certain of
our investors pursuant to their contractual right. These rights
terminate upon the closing of this offering. Our current
directors were designated and elected as follows:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Mr. Mitchell Dann was elected by the holders of our
series A preferred stock, voting together as a single
class, and was designated by Sapient Capital, L.P. pursuant to
its contractual right.
|
|
|
•
|
Mr. Jonathan Osgood was elected by the holders of our
series AA preferred stock, voting together as a single
class, and was designated by Cutlass Capital, L.P. pursuant to
its contractual right.
|
|
|
•
|
Mr. Michael Carusi was elected by the holders of our
series B preferred stock, voting together as a single
class, and was designated by Advanced Technology Ventures
pursuant to its contractual right.
|
|
|
•
|
Mr. James Shapiro was elected by the holders of our
series C preferred stock, voting together as a single
class, and was designated by Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture
Partners pursuant to its contractual right.
|
|
|
•
|
Mr. Richard Randall was elected by the holders of our
common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a combined
class, and was designated by such holders in his capacity as our
chief executive officer.
|
Our board of directors has determined that four of our five
directors are independent directors, as defined by
Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. The four
independent directors are Messrs. Dann, Osgood, Carusi and
Shapiro.
Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of
directors will be divided into three classes, each with
staggered three-year terms. As a result, only one class of
directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our
stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the
remainder of their respective three-year terms. Mr. Shapiro
has been designated as a Class I director, whose term will
expire at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.
Messrs. Carusi and Osgood have been designated as
Class II directors, whose terms will expire at the 2009
annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Randall and Dann
have been designated as Class III directors, whose terms
will expire at the 2010 annual meeting of stockholders. This
classification of the board of directors may delay or prevent a
change in control of our company or our management. See
“Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover
Effects of Provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”
Committees
of the Board of Directors
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will
have three standing committees: an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. At that time, each of those committees will have the
composition and responsibilities set forth below.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee is a standing committee of, and operates
under a written charter adopted by, our board of directors. The
functions of our audit committee include appointing and
determining the compensation for our independent auditors,
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of complaints regarding internal accounting controls and
reviewing and overseeing our independent registered public
accounting firm. The chairman of the audit committee is
Mr. Osgood and the other current member is Mr. Carusi.
All members of the audit committee are non-employee directors
and satisfy the current standards with respect to independence,
financial expertise and experience established by Nasdaq and SEC
rules. Our board of directors has determined
68
that Mr. Osgood meets the SEC’s current definition of
“audit committee financial expert.” Prior to the
completion of this offering, we expect to appoint another member
to the audit committee to satisfy the listing standards
established by Nasdaq, and we expect that such new member will
also satisfy the current standards with respect to independence,
financial expertise and experience established by Nasdaq and SEC
rules.
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee is a standing committee of, and
operates under a written charter adopted by, our board of
directors. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to
our board of directors the salaries and benefits for our
executive officers and recommends overall employee compensation
policies. The compensation committee also administers our equity
compensation plans. The chairman of the compensation committee
is Mr. Dann and the other current member is
Mr. Shapiro. All members of the compensation committee are
non-employee directors and satisfy the current independence
standards established by Nasdaq and SEC rules.
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee is a standing
committee of, and operates under a written charter adopted by,
our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance
committee identifies individuals qualified to serve as members
of our board of directors, recommends to our board nominees for
our annual meetings of stockholders, evaluates our board’s
performance, develops and recommends to our board corporate
governance guidelines and provides oversight with respect to
corporate governance and ethical conduct. The chairman of the
nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Carusi
and the other current members are Messrs. Osgood and Dann. All
members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are
non-employee directors and satisfy the current independence
standards established by Nasdaq and SEC rules.
Other
Committees
Our board of directors may establish other committees as it
deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.
Non-Employee
Director Compensation for 2006
We did not pay any compensation to our non-employee directors in
2006.
Effective upon the closing of this offering, each of our
non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer
equal to $18,000 and each non-employee director who serves as a
member of our audit committee will receive an annual retainer
equal to $2,000, while non-employee directors who serve as
members of our compensation or nominating and governance
committees receive an annual retainer equal to $1,000. In
addition to the annual retainers, non-employee directors will
receive $2,500 for each board meeting attended in person, $750
for each board meeting attended telephonically and $750 for each
committee meeting attended in person or telephonically.
Each non-employee director who serves as the chairperson of our
audit committee, compensation committee or nominating and
governance committee will also receive, for services performed
in such capacity, an additional annual retainer of $12,000,
$5,000 and $2,500, respectively. We reimburse each non-employee
member of our board of directors for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with attending our board and committee
meetings. None of our non-employee directors held options to
purchase common stock as of December 31, 2006. Each
non-employee director first appointed to the board after the
completion of this offering will automatically receive an
initial option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock
upon such appointment, which will vest in four equal annual
installments. In addition, beginning in 2008, at each annual
meeting, non-employee directors who were non-employee directors
for at least the preceding six months will automatically receive
an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, which
will be immediately vested and fully exercisable.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation
Decisions
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Dann and
Shapiro. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in
the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors
or compensation
69
committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Messrs. Dann and Shapiro are affiliated with Sapient
Capital, L.P. and Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners,
L.P., respectively, and each of Sapient Capital and Thomas
Weisel Healthcare participated in our series C preferred
stock financing in September 2005, the details of which are
disclosed under the heading “Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions — Preferred Stock
Financings.”
Family
Relationships
There are no family relationships between any of our directors
or executive officers.
70
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
General
The following discussion and analysis of compensation
arrangements of our named executive officers for 2006 should be
read together with the compensation tables and related
disclosures set forth below.
Our
Compensation Objectives
The primary objective of our executive compensation program is
to attract and retain talented executives to lead our company
and create value for our stockholders. Executive compensation
generally consists of a base salary, an annual short-term
incentive payment based upon achievement of personal or
corporate objectives and long-term equity-based incentive
awards, which to date have generally been in the form of stock
options. The equity component of our compensation is designed to
align executive officers compensation with the goal of creation
of long-term value for our stockholders. The goal of our
compensation program is to be competitive with other companies
in the medical device industry.
Role of
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee was appointed by our board of
directors, and consists entirely of directors who are
independent directors under applicable Nasdaq regulations,
“outside directors” for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Code, and “non-employee
directors” for purposes of
Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
Exchange Act. Our compensation committee reviews and recommends
to our board of directors our executive compensation and benefit
policies. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among
other things, analyzing individual and corporate achievements
and recommending to our board of directors appropriate
compensation packages for our named executive officers. In
addition, the compensation committee administers our
equity-based compensation plans.
Our compensation committee solicits input from Richard Randall,
our chief executive officer, in determining executive
compensation, in particular with respect to salary and option
grant awards to our executive officers other than
Mr. Randall. While Mr. Randall discusses his
recommendations with the compensation committee, he does not
participate in deliberation or determination of his own
compensation. In 2006, the compensation committee accepted
Mr. Randall’s recommendations for executive officer
compensation without change. None of our other executive
officers participate in the compensation committee’s
discussions regarding executive compensation. The compensation
committee does not delegate any of its functions to others in
determining executive compensation and has not previously
engaged consultants with respect to executive compensation
matters, although the compensation committee expects it may
engage a compensation consultant in the future. The compensation
of our executive officers is ultimately approved by our board of
directors, upon recommendation of the compensation committee.
Mr. Randall abstains from voting with respect to his
compensation. In 2006, the board of directors approved the
compensation committee’s recommendations for executive
officer compensation without change.
We believe that in order to attract and retain sufficient
executive talent, it is appropriate to compensate our executive
officers at a level at least comparable to the compensation
amounts provided to executives at comparable medical device
companies, subject to the individual’s experience and
expected contribution to the company. Historically, our
compensation committee relied on their experience with other
medical device companies and publicly available data relating to
compensation of executives at other medical device companies to
establish compensation for our executive officers. The group of
companies that our compensation committee has used to compare
our executive officers’ compensation has varied, based on
our stage of development, from venture capital funded companies
to publicly traded medical device companies in similar stages of
development, and is set forth below under “Compensation
Components — Base Salary.”
We believe the components of our current compensation program,
which include cash salary, short-term cash incentive payments
and long term equity awards are generally consistent with the
compensation components of other comparable medical device
companies, identified on page 71 under “Compensation
71
Components — Base Salary,” although we generally
do not benchmark the type of compensation awards with those of
other companies.
The compensation committee has not established any formal
policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between
short-term and long-term incentive compensation, or between cash
and non-cash compensation. In determining the amount and mix of
compensation elements and whether each element provides the
correct incentives and rewards for performance consistent with
our short and long-term goals and objectives, our compensation
committee relies on its judgment about each individual’s
performance in a rapidly changing business environment rather
than adopting a formulaic approach to compensatory decisions
that are too narrowly responsive to short-term changes in
business performance. As our company has matured from an
early-stage start-up venture to a revenue producing commercial
company, we have decreased the amount of our equity compensation
and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future.
Compensation
Components
Executive compensation currently consists of the following
components:
Base
Salary
We determine our executive officers’ salaries based on job
responsibilities, individual experience and expected level of
contribution, and we intend to benchmark our base salaries
against those of comparable companies within the medical device
industry. Our compensation committee generally reviews the
salaries of our executives annually at the beginning of each
calendar year and recommends to our board of directors changes
in salaries based primarily on comparative market data,
significant changes in responsibilities during the prior
calendar year and, to a lesser extent, individual performance.
As a private company, the compensation committee relied on the
experience of our directors, including Mr. Randall, and
compensation surveys for venture capital funded companies in
benchmarking our executive officers’ base salary.
Beginning in 2007, when it became more likely that we would
undertake an initial public offering of our common stock, we
felt it was more appropriate to compare our executive
officers’ base salaries to executive officers at other
publicly traded medical device companies in similar development
stages, including Nuvasive, Inc., Kyphon, Inc., St. Francis
Medical, Inc., Hansen Medical, Inc., Xtent, Inc., Northstar
Neuroscience, Inc. and NxStage Medical, Inc. These companies
were used for comparative purposes for each of our executive
officers, other than Mr. Randall. In establishing or
evaluating our base salaries relative to these companies, we
generally target the median base salary for these companies,
while taking into consideration other factors such as the
executive officer’s experience level and the cost of living
differences between the areas where our executives are located
and the locations of the peer companies, as well as our desire
to attract and retain high quality individuals. For example, if
our executive officers have greater experience than their
counterparts who are in the median salary range at our peer
companies, then we would expect to increase the base salary
relative to the median salary for our peer companies. However,
any increase could be somewhat offset by lower cost of living
standards. Generally, our executive officers have had extensive
executive level operational experience with numerous medical
device companies prior to joining our company, which results in
their base salary generally being at least in the median range
of base salaries of our peer companies.
Mr. Randall’s base salary was established when he
joined the company in 2002 and remained at substantially the
same level through 2006. Although we believe his salary was fair
based on our stage of development and the equity position
afforded to Mr. Randall at the time he joined us, by 2007
the compensation committee determined that
Mr. Randall’s salary was significantly below market
for executives at other publicly traded medical device companies
with similar experience levels based on an analysis of numerous
companies. The companies included Restore Medical, Inc.,
Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Xtent, Inc., Atricure, Inc., Northstar
Neuroscience, Inc., NxStage Medical, Inc., Micrus Endovascular
Corporation, Sonic Innovations, Inc., SenoRx, Inc., VNUS Medical
Technologies, Inc., Neurometrix, Inc., St. Francis Medical,
Inc., Angiodynamics, Inc., Stereotaxis, Inc., Dexcom, Inc., ATS
Medical, Inc., Conceptus, Inc., NMT Medical, Inc., Possis
Medical, Inc., Thermage, Inc. and Nuvasive, Inc. An analysis of
these companies indicated that the
72
median salary for the chief executive officer was $319,000. In
May 2007, upon recommendation of our compensation committee as
part of its annual review of executive officers’ base
salary originally intended to be performed in January 2007, our
board of directors approved an increase to
Mr. Randall’s annual base salary from $215,000 to
$300,000, which increase was retroactive to January 1, 2007
as a result of the delayed review. In establishing
Mr. Randall’s new salary at slightly below the median
peer companies, the compensation committee took into account
that Mr. Randall had a higher equity ownership percentage
in our company than the average equity ownership of chief
executive officers earning the median base salary level of the
peer companies.
Short-Term
Incentive Program
Our compensation committee believes that cash-based annual
incentive payments for achievement of defined objectives that
create value in our company align the executive’s
compensation with the interests of our stockholders.
Our executive officers are eligible to receive cash-based
incentive payments based upon the achievement of certain
personal and corporate objectives. In the case of
Mr. Randall, his incentive payment is based wholly on the
achievement of corporate objectives, while our other executive
officers’ incentive payments are based on a combination of
achievement of personal objectives, which are generally part of
the corporate objectives, and a subjective review of the
executive officer’s total contribution to our company. At
the beginning of each year, Mr. Randall recommends the corporate
objectives to our compensation committee, which are then
submitted to the board of directors for review. In 2006, the
compensation committee modified Mr. Randall’s proposed
corporate objectives by generally increasing the difficulty to
attain certain objectives. In addition, the compensation
committee included as part of the corporate objectives
additional financial metrics which it believed to be important
to the evaluation of our operations. The compensation committee
and Mr. Randall discuss and assign weights to the corporate
objectives based on their level of importance to our operating
plan and corporate development. As we shifted from a research
and development company to a commercialization company, greater
weight has been assigned to our revenue and financial
objectives. In 2006, financial objectives were 70% of the total
objectives while product development and other operational
objectives represented the remaining 30% of the total
objectives. After the corporate objectives are approved by the
compensation committee and reviewed by the board of directors,
Mr. Randall establishes the personal objectives for each
executive officer for that calendar year. The personal
objectives are generally the same as the corporate objectives
which relate to that part of our business for which the
executive officer has primary responsibility. In 2006, our
corporate objectives for the first six months of the year and
the second six months of the year, along with their relative
weight and achievement level, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Achievement
|
|
2006 First Half Objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Achieve six month revenue target of $2.77 million
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Gross margin of 75%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Net cash used in operating activities of $6.6 million for
first six months of 2006
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
AxiaLIF 360° commercial launch in United States
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
AxiaLIF commercial launch in European Union
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Completion of PNR pilot study and pre-IDE meeting
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
2006 Second Half Objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Achieve twelve month revenue target of $9.66 million
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Gross margin of 76%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Net cash used in operating activities of $6.8 million for
second six months of 2006
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Submit IDE for PNR implant
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
AxiaLIF 2L commercial launch in European Union
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Miscellaneous operational objectives
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
73
If all of the corporate objectives were achieved, the executive
officers would be entitled to 100% of their target bonus.
However, in establishing the corporate objectives, the
compensation committee believed that many of the corporate
objectives, particularly with respect to financial metrics,
would be difficult to achieve.
In 2007, our corporate objectives consist of achieving certain
targets for revenues, gross margin, operating loss and average
product sales price, clinical milestones for our PNR and PDR
implants, hiring key personnel in finance and sales and
marketing, development of AxiaLIF product enhancements, sales
and marketing objectives, completion of initial public offering
and miscellaneous operating objectives. The compensation
committee has not assigned any particular weight to any of these
objectives, but may do so at a later time, as discussed further
below. Mr. Randall recommended these objectives to our
compensation committee. The compensation committee accepted
Mr. Randall’s recommendations without change and added
two additional objectives for intellectual property management
and surgeon training. The board of directors approved the
compensation committee’s recommendations without changes.
In establishing the corporate and personal objectives for each
of our executives, particularly the financial objectives, the
compensation committee believed that each of these objectives
would be challenging to achieve.
Mr. Randall will not be eligible to receive a bonus for
fiscal year 2007 if the corporate objective relating to revenue
is not achieved. If the revenue target is achieved, the amount
of Mr. Randall’s bonus will be based upon the relative
achievement of all of the other 2007 corporate objectives. The
compensation committee has not yet determined, and thus has not
yet assigned, any particular weight to these corporate
objectives primarily because the objectives will not be
evaluated for purposes of determining Mr. Randall’s
bonus award if the revenue target is not achieved. However, if
the revenue target is achieved, the compensation committee will
determine how to evaluate, and may assign weights to, the
corporate objectives for purposes of determining
Mr. Randall’s potential bonus award. The
2007 personal objectives for each of our other executive
officers, along with their relative weight are as follows:
Mr. Simmons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
|
|
|
Achieve revenue target
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
Hire product manager, 4 regional sales managers and 6 direct
sales representatives
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Train 200 surgeons
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Average product sales price target
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Miscellaneous operating objectives
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Mr. Luetkemeyer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
|
|
|
Complete initial public offering in 2007
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Timely report financial results
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Hire operations director, SEC reporting manager and investor
relations firm
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Reduce days sales outstanding
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
74
Mr. Assell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
|
|
|
Complete PNR product design and testing
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Development of AxiaLIF product enhancements
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Operations milestones, including ERP system conversion, no
product recalls and achieving a target gross margin
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Obtain intellectual property opinion letters on all commercial
products
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Miscellaneous product milestones
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Mr. Jackson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
|
|
|
Collect AxiaLIF 2L fusion data
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
Complete AxiaLIF data registry
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Successfully complete ISO or FDA internal audit
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Pre-IDE meeting with FDA for PNR
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Miscellaneous regulatory milestones
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Historically, and in 2006, the performance of Mr. Randall
was reviewed by our compensation committee against the
established corporate objectives on a semi-annual basis and the
performance of our other executive officers was reviewed by
Mr. Randall and our compensation committee against the
established objectives annually at the end of the year. The
compensation committee’s subjective determination on the
degree of achievement of the corporate objectives determines the
amount of the cash incentive payment to be made to Mr. Randall.
Mr. Randall evaluates the degree of achievement of the other
executive officer’s personal objectives, as well as a
subjective determination of the officer’s overall
contribution to our company, and then recommends a cash bonus
payment for the other executive officers. In 2006, the
compensation committee approved Mr. Randall’s
recommendations without change and the board of directors
approved the compensation committee’s recommendations
without change.
Our compensation committee, based upon recommendations from
Mr. Randall, determines the target level of cash bonuses
for our executive officers, which targets are based on a
percentage of annual salary. In 2006, the target level of cash
bonuses for Messrs. Randall, Assell and Simmons was 25%, 20% and
20%, respectively, of their annual salary. In 2007, the target
level of cash bonuses for Messrs. Randall, Assell, Simmons,
Luetkemeyer and Jackson is 35%, 20%, 20%, 20% and 20%,
respectively, of their annual salary. In 2006 and 2007, the
compensation committee approved Mr. Randall’s
recommendations without change. In addition to his cash target
bonus, Mr. Randall was entitled to receive a fixed number
of
fully-vested
stock options as determined by the compensation committee as
short-term
incentive compensation. The compensation committee does not
generally benchmark short-term incentive compensation to that of
our peer companies primarily because of the uncertainty
associated with the subjective nature of determining achievement
of objectives.
The following table sets forth Mr. Simmons’ 2006
personal objectives, their relative weight and achievement level:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Achievement
|
|
|
Achieve twelve month revenue of $9.66 million
|
|
|
40%
|
|
|
|
60%
|
|
Comply with budgeted sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
20%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Hire director of marketing, product manager, regional manager
and 8 direct sales representatives
|
|
|
20%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Train 65 surgeons
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Miscellaneous operational objectives
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
75
The following table sets forth Mr. Assell’s 2006
personal objectives, their relative weight and achievement level:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Objective
|
|
Weight
|
|
|
Achievement
|
|
|
Design PNR pilot study and submit IDE for PNR
|
|
|
45%
|
|
|
|
44%
|
|
AxiaLIF 360° commercial launch in United States
|
|
|
20%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Gross margin target of 76%
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
No product recalls
|
|
|
15%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Hire AxiaLIF engineer and production manager
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Based upon the evaluation of the degree of achievement of the
corporate and personal objectives, the board of directors
approved, based upon the recommendation of the compensation
committee, cash incentive payments for Messrs. Assell and
Simmons equal to 75% of their respective target bonus amounts.
Mr. Randall’s cash incentive payments were 62% and 61%
of his target bonus amounts for the first six months of 2006 and
the second six months of 2006, respectively.
Mr. Randall is the only executive officer who was entitled to
receive fully-vested stock options as part of his short term
incentive compensation. This arrangement, which is subject to
compensation committee approval was originally approved when
Mr. Randall joined the company in 2002 in an effort to
compensate Mr. Randall commensurate with his experience level,
while conserving cash for an
early-stage
company without revenue. In connection with the increase of
Mr. Randall’s base salary described above,
Mr. Randall’s target bonus was set at 35% of his
annual salary and he is no longer entitled to receive any
portion of his short-term incentive compensation in the form of
fully-vested options. In the future, our compensation committee
expects to review Mr. Randall’s performance for
purposes of determining short-term incentive awards on an annual
basis rather than a semi-annual basis. Our compensation
committee will continue to assess the goals and mechanics of our
cash-based incentive program as a means of adding specific
incentives towards achievement of specific company and
departmental goals that could be key factors in our success.
Long-Term
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
We believe that equity ownership in our company is important to
provide our executive officers with long-term incentives to
build value for our stockholders. Long-term equity can be
awarded to executives by the board of directors in the form of
stock options or restricted stock. Equity grants or awards are
made to our executives by our board of directors at regularly
scheduled meetings. The exercise price of our stock options is
the fair market value of our stock as established based upon the
good faith determination of our board of directors. In the
future, we expect the exercise price of our options to be set at
the closing price of our common stock on the date of the
individual’s commencing employment or the date of grant.
Each executive officer was provided with an option grant when
they joined our company based upon their position with us,
expected level of contribution and relevant prior experience.
These initial grants typically vest over four years, and no
shares vest before the one year anniversary of the option grant.
We spread the vesting of our options over four years to
compensate executives for their contribution over a period of
time and to more properly align the executive’s interest
with our stockholders’ interests.
In addition to the initial option grants, our board of directors
has granted additional options to retain our executives and
combine the achievement of corporate goals with strong
individual performance. Options are granted based on a
combination of individual contributions to our company and on
general corporate achievements and expectations. Additional
option grants are not communicated to executives in advance and
generally vest over a period of four years. While our
compensation committee may benchmark our executive
officers’ equity ownership against our peer companies in
establishing equity grants for new hires, it does not generally
do so in approving additional equity grants for existing
executives. In 2006, we granted additional stock options to our
named executive officers in an effort to retain and continue to
provide incentive to the executives with unvested equity awards
as most of the executives’ existing awards had become
vested. The number of options granted to the executive officers
in 2006 was based on a subjective determination by the
76
compensation committee and Mr. Randall of the number of
unvested options they deemed reasonable to provide the
sufficient incentive for the executive officers’ continued
employment with us.
On an annual basis, our compensation committee intends to assess
the contribution of the individual and the expectation for
future performance by this executive and provide additional
awards in the form of stock options or restricted stock based
upon this assessment. We expect that we will continue to provide
new employees with initial stock option grants in 2007 to
provide long-term compensation incentives and will continue to
rely on retention stock option grants in 2007 to provide
additional incentives for current employees.
Other
Benefits
We have a 401(k) plan for the benefit of all of our eligible
employees, including the named executive officers. We do not
provide for matching contributions under the 401(k) plan. For a
more detailed description of the 401(k) plan, see below under
“— 401(k) Plan.” We also provide health, dental,
vision and life insurance and other customary employee
assistance plans to all full-time employees, including the named
executive officers.
Accounting
and Tax Considerations
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,”
or SFAS 123(R). Under SFAS 123(R), we are required to
estimate and record an expense for each award of equity
compensation (including stock options) over the vesting period
of the award.
Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount that we may
deduct for compensation paid to our chief executive officer and
to each of our four most highly compensated officers to
$1,000,000 per person, unless certain exemption requirements are
met. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for
various forms of “performance-based compensation.” In
the past, annual cash compensation to our executive officers has
not exceeded $1,000,000 per person, so the compensation has been
deductible. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon
the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive
stock options, the excess of the current market price over the
option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and
accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an
officer’s total compensation to exceed $1,000,000.
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth summary compensation information
for the year ended December 31, 2006 for our chief
executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other
three most highly compensated executive officers as of the end
of the last fiscal year whose total compensation exceeded
$100,000. We refer to these persons as our named executive
officers elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Randall
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
36,347
|
|
|
$
|
33,057
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
284,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James
Barrile(3)
|
|
|
158,333
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
158,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rick Simmons
|
|
|
199,385
|
|
|
|
19,487
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
248,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President, Marketing and Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Assell
|
|
|
197,543
|
|
|
|
19,487
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
247,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President, Product Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert
Sheridan(4)
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President, Regulatory and Clinical Affairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts represent the fair value of stock options expensed in
2006 under SFAS 123(R) as discussed in note 2 to our
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
In addition to his cash incentive payment, Mr. Randall received
2,250 options to purchase common stock at $2.38 per share
and 8,272 options to purchase common stock at $1.11 per
share, which options were fully vested and immediately
exercisable. These options were granted as part of
Mr. Randall’s annual incentive compensation. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Barrile terminated his employment with us in October
2006. Prior to his resignation, Mr. Barrile’s annual
base salary was $200,000. Mr. Randall, our president and chief
executive officer, served as our interim chief financial officer
from October 2006 to April 2007. Michael Luetkemeyer
was appointed chief financial officer in April 2007.
Mr. Luetkemeyer’s annual base salary for fiscal 2007
is $225,000. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Sheridan terminated his employment with us in June
2007, but remains engaged with us as a clinical affairs
consultant. Prior to his resignation, Mr. Sheridan worked
on a half-time basis and his annual base salary was $100,000.
William Jackson was appointed Vice President, Regulatory,
Clinical and Quality in May 2007. Mr. Jackson works on a
full-time basis and his annual base salary for fiscal 2007 is
$200,000. |
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards in 2006
The following table lists grants of plan-based awards made to
our named executive officers in 2006 and related total fair
value compensation for 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Possible
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future Payouts
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Randall
|
|
|
11/08/2006
|
|
|
$
|
53,750
|
|
|
|
8,272
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
$
|
36,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Barrile
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rick Simmons
|
|
|
11/08/2006
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
79,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Assell
|
|
|
11/08/2006
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
79,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Sheridan
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts represent the estimated total fair value of stock
options granted in 2006 under SFAS 123(R) as discussed in
note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. |
78
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End for 2006
The following table lists the outstanding equity incentive
awards held by our named executive officers as of
December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable(1)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Date(1)
|
|
|
Richard Randall
|
|
|
122,906
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
5/22/2013
|
|
|
|
|
8,964
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
1/06/2015
|
|
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
9/22/2015
|
|
|
|
|
8,272
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
11/08/2016
|
|
James Barrile
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Rick Simmons
|
|
|
57,375
|
|
|
|
19,125
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
11/13/2013
|
|
|
|
|
26,250
|
|
|
|
5,250
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
7/29/2013
|
|
|
|
|
3,562
|
|
|
|
5,438
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
5/17/2015
|
|
|
|
|
4,155
|
|
|
|
13,845
|
(2)
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
11/08/2016
|
|
Robert Assell
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
9/27/2012
|
|
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
3/20/2013
|
|
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
5/22/2013
|
|
|
|
|
3,937
|
|
|
|
5,063
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
3/22/2015
|
|
|
|
|
5,344
|
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
5/17/2015
|
|
|
|
|
4,155
|
|
|
|
13,845
|
(2)
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
11/08/2016
|
|
Robert Sheridan
|
|
|
25,875
|
|
|
|
28,125
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
1/06/2015
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Except where otherwise noted, all options expire ten years from
the date of grant and option shares vest at the rate of 25% on
the first anniversary of the option grant and 1/48 per month
thereafter, such that options are fully vested upon the fourth
anniversary of the option grant date. In addition, the vesting
of options may accelerate upon a change in control of the
company. |
|
(2) |
|
Option shares vest at the rate of 21% on the date of grant and
1/48 per month thereafter, such that options are fully vested
upon the fourth anniversary of the option grant date. |
Option
Exercises for 2006
There were no options exercised by our named executive officers
in 2006.
Employment
and Severance Agreements and Employee Benefit Plans
Employment
Agreements
We have not entered into any employment agreements with our
employees.
Severance
Agreements
We have not entered into any severance agreements with our
employees.
79
Employee
Benefit Plans
Amended
and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan
The Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2000
Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and stockholders on
June 14, 2000, and has been subsequently amended and
restated from time to time. The 2000 Plan provides for the grant
of incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of
the Code, to employees, and for the grant of non-statutory stock
options and restricted stock to employees, consultants, and
directors. A total of 3,510,120 shares of our common stock
have been authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2000
Plan. As of June 30, 2007, options to purchase a total of
2,339,660 shares of common stock, with a weighted average
exercise price of $1.74 per share, were outstanding under the
2000 Plan.
The exercise price of all incentive and non-statutory stock
options granted under the 2000 Plan must be equal to at least
100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of
grant. With respect to any optionee who owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the voting power of all our classes of stock
(including stock of any parent or subsidiary or ours), the
exercise price of any incentive stock option granted must equal
at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The
2000 Plan provides for an option term of up to 10 years,
but not to exceed five years for incentive stock options granted
to 10% stockholders. The purchase price of restricted stock
issued under the 2000 Plan shall be determined by the board as
set forth in each individual stock purchase agreement.
Options granted under the 2000 Plan are non-transferable except
by will, the laws of descent and distribution or other
applicable laws, and, during the life of the optionee, may be
exercisable only by such optionee. In addition, shares of
restricted stock acquired under the 2000 Plan may not be sold,
assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or
disposed of except as specifically provided in the stock
purchase agreement.
Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, upon a
change in control event, defined as a merger, sale of a majority
of our voting stock, sale of all or substantially all of our
assets, or liquidation or dissolution of the company, the
outstanding unvested options will become fully vested and
exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the change
in control, and in the case of shares of our common stock
subject to a repurchase right that lapses over time, the such
repurchase right shall, immediately prior to the consummation of
the change in control, cease to apply.
The 2000 Plan will continue to be administered by our board of
directors or a committee thereof. Our board of directors may
amend or terminate the 2000 Plan as desired without further
action by our stockholders except as set forth therein, as
required by applicable law and to the extent the amendment or
termination, as the case may be, will not substantially affect
or impair the rights of any participant under an outstanding
option agreement or stock purchase agreement without such
participant’s consent. The 2000 Plan will continue in
effect until terminated by our board of directors or for a term
of ten years from its original adoption date, whichever is
earlier.
2007
Stock Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, or
2007 Plan, in July 2007. The 2007 Plan became effective upon its
adoption by our board of directors and our stockholders. The
2007 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to our
employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options,
restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation
rights to our employees, directors and consultants.
A total of 1,400,000 shares of our common stock are
reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2007 Plan, 6,750 of which
are issued and outstanding.
The compensation committee of our board of directors administers
the 2007 Plan. Our compensation committee consists of at least
two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code so that options granted under
the 2007 Plan qualify as “performance based
compensation.” Under
80
Section 162(m) of the Code, the annual compensation paid to
our named executive officers will only be deductible to the
extent it does not exceed $1,000,000. However, we can preserve
our deduction with respect to income recognized pursuant to
options if the conditions for performance based compensation
under Section 162(m) are met, which requires, among other
things, that options be granted by a committee consisting of at
least two “outside directors.” Subject to the
provisions of the 2007 Plan, the compensation committee has the
power to determine the terms of the awards, including the
exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award,
the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration,
if any, payable upon exercise.
The exercise price of options granted under the 2007 Plan must
at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may
not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any
participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of
our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and
the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market
value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of the 2007
Plan, the compensation committee determines the term of all
other options.
After the termination of service of an employee, director or
consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the
period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally,
if termination is due to death or disability, the option will
remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the
option will generally remain exercisable for three months
following the termination of service. However, in no event may
an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2007 Plan.
Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the
appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock
between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the
provisions of the 2007 Plan, the compensation committee
determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including
when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any
increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common
stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share
exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the
exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100%
of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
Restricted stock may also be granted under the 2007 Plan.
Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock
that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by
the compensation committee. The compensation committee will
determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to
any employee, director or consultant. The compensation committee
may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be
appropriate (for example, the compensation committee may set
restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance
goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the
compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate
the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our
right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted stock units may also be granted under the 2007 Plan.
Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an
amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common
stock. The compensation committee determines the terms and
conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting
criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance
criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of
payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in
its sole discretion may accelerate the time at which any
restrictions will lapse or be removed.
Performance units and performance shares may also be granted
under the 2007 Plan. Performance units and performance shares
are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only
if performance goals established by the compensation committee
are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The compensation
committee will establish organizational or individual
performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the
extent to which they are met, will determine the number
and/or the
value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out
to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or
performance share, the compensation committee, in its sole
discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or
other vesting provisions for such performance units or
performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial
dollar value established by the compensation committee prior to
the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant
date. The compensation
81
committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance
units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in
some combination thereof.
The 2007 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be
eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive
stock options) under the 2007 Plan, including discretionary
awards. Each non-employee director first appointed to the board
of directors after the completion of this offering, except for
those directors who become non-employee directors by ceasing to
be employee directors, will receive an automatic initial
nonstatutory stock option to purchase 30,000 shares of
common stock upon such appointment. In addition, beginning in
2008, non-employee directors who have been directors for at
least the preceding six months will receive a subsequent
nonstatutory stock option to purchase 10,000 shares of
common stock immediately following each annual meeting of our
stockholders. All options granted under the automatic grant
provisions will have a term of ten years and an exercise price
equal to fair market value on the date of grant. Each
30,000 share option grant to non-employee directors will
become exercisable as to one-fourth of the shares subject to the
option on each anniversary of its date of grant, provided the
non-employee director remains a director on such dates. Each
10,000 share option grant will be immediately vested and
fully exercisable.
The 2007 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or
“change in control,” as defined in the 2007 Plan, each
outstanding award will be treated as the compensation committee
determines, including that the successor corporation or its
parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent
award for each outstanding award. The compensation committee is
not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no
assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards
will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance
goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100%
of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.
In addition, if the outstanding awards are assumed or
substituted by an acquiring entity and the holder of the options
is terminated without cause, as defined in the 2007 Plan, within
twelve months after the change of control transaction, their
awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all
performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed
achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become
fully exercisable. The compensation committee will provide
notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise
the option and stock appreciation right as to all of the shares
subject to the award, all restrictions on restricted stock will
lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements
for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved, and
all other terms and conditions deemed met. The award will
terminate upon the expiration of the period of time the
compensation committee provides in the notice.
Our 2007 Plan will automatically terminate in 2017, unless we
terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the
authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan provided
such action does not impair the rights of any participant.
2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our executive officers and all of our other employees will be
allowed to participate in our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
which will be offered effective upon the completion of our
public offering. We believe that providing them with the ability
to participate in the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides
them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and
accomplishing our corporate goals.
Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan in July 2007. The 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will
become effective soon after the completion of this offering. A
total of 250,000 shares of our common stock will be made
available for sale. In addition, our 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan provides for annual increases in the number of
shares available for issuance under the 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in
2008, equal to the least of (i) 2.0% of the outstanding
shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year
or (ii) an amount determined by the administrator of the
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Our compensation committee administers the 2007 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan and has full and exclusive authority to interpret
the terms of the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and determine
eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our 2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan as described below.
82
All of our employees are eligible to participate if they are
employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least
20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar
year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to
purchase stock under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if
such employee:
|
|
|
|
•
|
immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of our capital stock; or
|
|
|
•
|
whose rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock
purchase plans accrues at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of
stock for each calendar year.
|
Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify
under Section 423 of the Code. Each offering period
includes purchase periods, which will be approximately the
six-month period commencing with one exercise date and ending
with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled
to start on the first trading day on or after June 1 and
December 1 of each year, except for the first such offering
period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after
completion of this offering and will end on the first trading
day on or after the earlier of (i) May 31, 2008 or
(ii) 12 months from the beginning of the first
offering period.
Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits participants to
purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of
their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s
base straight time gross earnings, certain commissions, overtime
and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive
compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may
purchase a maximum of 2,500 shares during a six-month
purchase period.
Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to
purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month
purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 95% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date.
Participants may end their participation at any time during an
offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll
deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of
common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination
of employment with us.
A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan other than by will, the laws of
descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined
under the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a successor
corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding
option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or
substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress
will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The
administrator will notify each participant that the exercise
date has been changed and that the participant’s option
will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless
prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the
offering period.
Our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will automatically
terminate in 2027, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of
directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to
certain exceptions described in the 2007 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights
to purchase stock under our 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a retirement savings plan, or a 401(k) plan, for the
benefit of our eligible employees. Employees eligible to
participate in our 401(k) plan will be those employees who have
attained the age of 21. Employees may elect to defer their
compensation up to the statutorily prescribed limit. An
employee’s interests in his or her deferrals will be 100%
vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan will be intended to
qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As
such, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those
contributions will not be taxable to the employees until
distributed from the 401(k) plan.
83
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
None of our named executive officers participate in
non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred
compensation plans maintained by us. Our compensation committee,
which is comprised solely of “outside directors” as
defined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, may
elect to provide our officers and other employees with
non-qualified defined contribution or deferred compensation
benefits if the compensation committee determines that doing so
is in our best interests.
Potential
Payments Following a Change in Control
We have not entered into any agreements with our executive
officers providing for payments payable to them upon termination
of their employment following a change in control.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification Matters
On completion of this offering, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that
eliminate the personal liability of directors and executive
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and
provides that we may fully indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that such person is or was our director or executive officer or
is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses, including
attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding.
Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify
its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with
respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as
directors and officers, provided that this provision shall not
eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for
monetary damages:
|
|
|
|
•
|
for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders;
|
|
|
•
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
•
|
arising under Section 174 of the DGCL; or
|
|
|
•
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and
officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our
bylaws. We believe that these provisions and agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and
officers. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on
behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any
liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of
whether the DGCL would permit indemnification. On completion of
this offering we intend to obtain directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance. We are not currently aware
of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our
directors, officers, employees or agents in which
indemnification will be required or permitted. Moreover, we are
not currently aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding
that might result in a claim for such indemnification.
84
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We describe below transactions and series of similar
transactions that have occurred this year or during our last
three fiscal years to which we were a party or will be a party
in which:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
|
|
|
•
|
a director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our
common stock or any member of their immediate family had or will
have a direct or indirect material interest.
|
Preferred
Stock Financings
In September 2005, we issued and sold an aggregate of
3,499,084 shares of our Series C preferred stock to
certain private investors, including certain of executive
officers and 5% stockholders and persons and entities associated
with them, at a price of $7.33 per share, for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $25,660,001. Each share of
series C preferred stock will automatically convert into
one share of common stock immediately upon the closing of this
offering.
The table below sets forth the participation in the
series C preferred stock financing by certain of our
officers and 5% stockholders and persons and entities associated
with them, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
Investor
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Rick Simmons
|
|
|
27,270
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Technology Ventures and Affiliated
Entities(1)
|
|
|
954,543
|
|
Delphi Ventures and Affiliated
Entities(2)
|
|
|
681,817
|
|
Cutlass Capital and Affiliated
Entities(3)
|
|
|
409,090
|
|
Sapient Capital,
L.P.(4)
|
|
|
245,250
|
|
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners,
L.P.(5)
|
|
|
954,545
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of (i) 895,968 shares held by Advanced
Technology Ventures VII, L.P., (ii) 35,955 shares held
by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (B), L.P.,
(iii) 17,282 shares held by Advanced Technology
Ventures VII (C), L.P., and (iv) 5,338 shares held by
ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P. Michael Carusi, one of our
directors, is a managing director of ATV Associates VII, L.L.C.,
the general partner of the funds affiliated with Advanced
Technology Ventures which hold these shares. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of (i) 675,067 shares held by Delphi Ventures
VI, L.P., and (ii) 6,750 shares held by Delphi
BioInvestments VI, L.P. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Consists of (i) 359,785 shares held by Cutlass
Capital, L.P., (ii) 25,847 shares held by Cutlass
Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C., and
(iii) 23,458 shares held by Cutlass Capital Affiliates
Fund, L.P. Jonathan Osgood, one of our directors, is one of two
managing members of Cutlass Capital Management, L.L.C., which is
the general partner of each of Cutlass Capital, L.P. and Cutlass
Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Mitchell Dann, one of our directors, is the managing member of
Sapient Capital Management, L.L.C., which is the general partner
of Sapient Capital Management L.P., which is the general partner
of Sapient Capital, L.P. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
James Shapiro, one of our directors, is an affiliate of Thomas
Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners LLC, the general partner of
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners L.P. |
85
Registration
Rights
We have entered into an agreement with holders of our preferred
stock, including entities affiliated with some of our directors
and entities that hold more than 5% of our outstanding common
stock on an as-converted basis, pursuant to which we granted
them registration rights with respect to their shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of their preferred stock. For
more information regarding registration rights, see
“Description of Capital Stock — Registration
Rights.”
Indemnification
of Directors and Executive Officers
We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of
our directors and certain of our executive officers. These
indemnification agreements and our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws indemnify each of our
directors and certain of our officers to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL. For information regarding these
indemnification arrangements, please refer to the section
entitled “Management — Limitation of Liability
and Indemnification Matters.”
Review,
Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related
Persons
As provided by our audit committee charter, all related party
transactions are to be reviewed and pre-approved by our audit
committee. A “related party transaction” is defined to
include any transaction or series of transactions exceeding
$120,000 in which we are a participant and any related person
has a material interest. Related persons would include our
directors, executive officers (and immediate family members of
our directors and executive officers), and persons controlling
over five percent of our outstanding common stock. In
determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the
audit committee will generally evaluate the transaction in terms
of: (i) the benefits to us; (ii) the impact on a director’s
independence in the event the related person is a director, an
immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a
director is a partner, shareholder or executive officer; (iii)
the availability of other sources for comparable products or
services; (iv) the terms and conditions of the transaction; and
(v) the terms available to unrelated third parties or to
employees generally. The audit committee will then document its
findings and conclusions in written minutes. In the event a
transaction relates to a member of our audit committee, that
member will not participate in the audit committee’s
deliberations.
86
Set forth below is certain information as of June 30, 2007
regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
•
|
any person (or group of affiliated persons) who was known by us
to own more than 5% of our voting securities;
|
|
|
•
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
•
|
each of our named executive officers; and
|
|
|
•
|
all current directors and executive officers as a group.
|
Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based
on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of
June 30, 2007, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of all
our outstanding preferred stock into 10,793,165 shares of
common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. The
percentage of shares beneficially owned after this offering
excludes the shares that are subject to the underwriters’
option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Percentage of Shares
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
After
|
|
Beneficial
Owners(1)
|
|
Owned(2)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Technology Ventures and Affiliated
Entities(3)
|
|
|
2,590,906
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
Delphi Ventures and Affiliated
Entities(4)
|
|
|
2,158,634
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Cutlass Capital and Affiliated
Entities(5)
|
|
|
1,996,360
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
Sapient Capital,
L.P.(6)
|
|
|
1,588,090
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners,
L.P.(7)
|
|
|
954,545
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
Andrew
Cragg, M.D.(8)
|
|
|
1,126,239
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
George
Wallace(9)
|
|
|
794,250
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
Named Executive Officers and Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard
Randall(10)
|
|
|
671,023
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
Michael Luetkemeyer
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Rick
Simmons(11)
|
|
|
142,699
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
|
Robert
Assell(12)
|
|
|
128,179
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
William Jackson
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Robert Martin
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Michael
Carusi(13)
|
|
|
2,590,906
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
Mitchell
Dann(14)
|
|
|
1,588,090
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
Jonathan
Osgood(15)
|
|
|
1,996,360
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
James
Shapiro(16)
|
|
|
954,545
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
All executive officers and directors as a group
(9 persons)(17)
|
|
|
8,071,802
|
|
|
|
59.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%. |
|
(1) |
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each holder
is:
c/o TranS1
Inc., 411 Landmark Drive, Wilmington, North Carolina
28412-6303. |
|
(2) |
|
Beneficial ownership is based on information furnished by the
individuals or entities and is determined in accordance with the
rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment
power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock subject
to options currently exercisable, or exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2007 are deemed outstanding for
computing the percentage of the person holding such options but
are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any
other person. As of June 30, |
87
|
|
|
|
|
2007, we had a total of 13,276,481 shares of common stock
issued and outstanding, including the shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock. Except as
indicated by footnote and subject to community property laws
where applicable, to our knowledge, the companies and persons
named in this table have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of common stock shown to be beneficially
owned by them. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Consists of (i) 2,427,307 shares held by Advanced
Technology Ventures VII, L.P. (“ATV VII”),
(ii) 97,407 shares held by Advanced Technology
Ventures VII (B), L.P. (“ATV VII-B”),
(iii) 46,820 shares held by Advanced Technology
Ventures VII (C), L.P. (“ATV VII-C”),
(iv) 14,463 shares held by ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P.
(“ATV VII-E” and together with ATV VII, ATV VII-B, and
ATV VII-C, collectively referred to as the “ATV VII
Entities”), and (v) 4,909 shares held by ATV
Alliance 2002, L.P. (“ATV A 2002” and together with
the ATV VII Entities, the “ATV Entities”). ATV
Associates VII, L.L.C. (“ATV A VII”) is the general
partner of each of the ATV VII Entities and exercises voting and
dispositive authority over the shares held by the ATV VII
Entities. ATV Alliance Associates, L.L.C. (“ATV
Alliance”) is the sole general partner of ATV A 2002 and
exercises voting and dispositive authority over the shares held
by ATV A 2002. Voting and dispositive decisions of ATV A VII are
made by a board of six managing directors (the “ATV
Managing Directors”), including Michael Carusi, one of our
directors. Each of the ATV Managing Directors disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares held by the ATV VII Entities.
Voting and dispositive decisions of ATV Alliance are made by its
sole manager, Jean George, who disclaims beneficial ownership of
the shares held by ATV A 2002. Each of ATV A VII and ATV
Alliance disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by
any of the ATV Entities. The address for Advanced Technology
Ventures is 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3700, Waltham, MA
02451. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Consists of (i) 2,137,262 shares held by Delphi
Ventures VI, L.P., and (ii) 21,372 shares held by
Delphi BioInvestments VI, L.P. (together, the “Delphi
Funds”). Delphi Management Partners VI, LLC is the general
partner of each of the Delphi Funds. The managing members of
Delphi Management Partners VI, LLC are James J. Bochnowski,
David L. Douglass, Douglas A. Roeder, John F. Maroney and
Deepika R. Pakianathan. Delphi Management Partners VI, LLC and
each of the foregoing managing members may be deemed a
beneficial owner of the reported shares but each disclaims
beneficial ownership except to the extent of any indirect
pecuniary interest therein. The address for all entities and
individuals affiliated with Delphi Ventures is 3000 Sand Hill
Road, Building 1, Suite 135, Menlo Park, CA 94025. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Consists of (i) 1,755,752 shares held by Cutlass
Capital, L.P., (ii) 126,133 shares held by Cutlass
Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C., and
(iii) 114,475 shares held by Cutlass Capital
Affiliates Fund, L.P. Jonathan Osgood, one of our directors, is
one of two managing members of Cutlass Capital Management,
L.L.C., which is the general partner of each of Cutlass Capital,
L.P. and Cutlass Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Osgood
is also one of two managing members of Cutlass Capital
Principals Fund, L.L.C. Mr. Osgood has shared voting and
investment power over the shares held by each of Cutlass
Capital, L.P., Cutlass Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C. and
Cutlass Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Osgood disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares held by Cutlass Capital,
L.P., Cutlass Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C. and Cutlass
Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his
proportionate pecuniary interest in them. The address for
Cutlass Capital is 1750 Montgomery St., San Francisco, CA 94111. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Mitchell Dann, one of our directors, is the managing member of
Sapient Capital Management, L.L.C., which is the general partner
of Sapient Capital Management L.P., which is the general partner
of Sapient Capital, L.P. Mr. Dann has sole voting and
investment power over the shares held by Sapient Capital, L.P.
Mr. Dann disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held
by Sapient Capital, L.P., except to the extent of his
proportionate pecuniary interest in them. The address for
Sapient Capital is 4020 Lake Creek Drive,
P.O. Box 1590, Wilson, WY 83014. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
James Shapiro, one of our directors, is an affiliate of Thomas
Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners LLC, the general partner of
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, L.P., and has
shared voting and investment power over the 954,545 shares
held by Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, L.P.
Mr. Shapiro disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
held by Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, L.P., except
to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in them.
The address for Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners is One
Montgomery St., San Francisco, CA 94104. |
88
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Includes 27,000 shares subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2007. The address for
Mr. Cragg is 5024 Bruce Ave., Edina, MN 55424. |
|
(9) |
|
Consists of (i) 648,000 shares held by Wallace
Partners, L.P., of which Mr. Wallace is the general
partner, and (ii) 146,250 shares held by George B.
Wallace and Jane F. Wallace, as Co-Trustees of the Wallace
Family Trust, U/D/T March 26, 2002. The address for
Mr. Wallace is 26429 Rancho Parkway South, #140, Lake
Forest, CA 92679. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 146,804 shares subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2007. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 115,429 shares subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2007. |
|
(12) |
|
Comprised of shares subject to options exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2007. |
|
(13) |
|
Consists solely of shares identified in footnote 3.
Mr. Carusi, one of our directors, is a managing director of
ATV Associates VII, LLC. Mr. Carusi disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held by the ATV Entities except to the
extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in them. |
|
(14) |
|
Consists solely of the shares identified in footnote 6. Mitchell
Dann, one of our directors, is the managing member of Sapient
Capital Management, L.L.C., which is the general partner of
Sapient Capital Management L.P., which is the general partner of
Sapient Capital, L.P. Mr. Dann has sole voting and
investment power over the shares held by Sapient Capital, L.P.
Mr. Dann disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held
by Sapient Capital, L.P., except to the extent of his
proportionate pecuniary interest in them. |
|
|
|
(15) |
|
Consists solely of the shares identified in footnote 5, which
include (i) 1,755,752 shares held by Cutlass Capital,
L.P., (ii) 126,133 shares held by Cutlass Capital
Principals Fund, L.L.C., and (iii) 114,475 shares held
by Cutlass Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P. Jonathan Osgood is one
of two managing members of Cutlass Capital Management, L.L.C.,
which is the general partner of each of Cutlass Capital, L.P.
and Cutlass Capital Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Osgood is
also one of two managing members of Cutlass Capital Principals
Fund, L.L.C. Mr. Osgood has shared voting and investment
power over the shares held by each of Cutlass Capital, L.P.,
Cutlass Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C. and Cutlass Capital
Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Osgood disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held by Cutlass Capital, L.P., Cutlass
Capital Principals Fund, L.L.C. and Cutlass Capital Affiliates
Fund, L.P., except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary
interest in them. |
|
|
|
(16) |
|
Consists solely of shares identified in footnote 7.
Mr. Shapiro, one of our directors, is an affiliate of
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners LLC, the general
partner of Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, L.P., and
has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by
Thomas Weisel Healthcare Venture Partners, L.P. Mr. Shapiro
disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the
extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in them. |
|
|
|
(17) |
|
Includes 390,412 shares subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of June 30, 2007. |
89
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock,
after giving effect to the conversion of all our outstanding
preferred stock into common stock and the filing of our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation, will consist of
75,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value
per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
$0.0001 par value per share. The following description
summarizes the terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a
summary, it does not contain all the information that may be
important to you. For a complete description you should refer to
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws, effective upon completion of this
offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and
to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.
Common
Stock
As of June 30, 2007, there were 2,483,316 shares of
common stock outstanding held by 20 stockholders of record. An
additional 10,793,165 shares of our common stock will be
issued upon the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred
stock immediately upon the closing of this offering. There will
be 18,776,481 shares of common stock outstanding after
giving effect to the conversion of all our outstanding preferred
stock into common stock, and the sale of the shares of our
common stock in this offering. All outstanding shares of common
stock are, and the common stock to be issued in this offering
will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
The following summarizes the rights of holders of our common
stock:
|
|
|
|
•
|
each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share on
all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, including the
election of directors;
|
|
|
•
|
the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in
person or represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of the stockholders;
|
|
|
•
|
holders of common stock are not entitled to cumulate votes in
the election of directors, which means that the holders of a
majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then
standing for election;
|
|
|
•
|
subject to preferences that may be applicable to the holders of
outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any, the holders of
common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if
declared by our board of directors out of assets legally
available for dividends;
|
|
|
•
|
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after
satisfaction of all our liabilities and the payment of any
liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock, the
holders of shares of common stock will be entitled to receive on
a pro rata basis all of our assets remaining for distribution;
|
|
|
•
|
there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to
our common stock; and
|
|
|
•
|
there are no preemptive or conversion rights applicable to our
common stock.
|
Preferred
Stock
Effective upon completion of this offering, there will be no
shares of preferred stock outstanding because all our issued and
outstanding preferred stock will have been be converted into an
aggregate of 10,793,165 shares of common stock immediately
upon the closing of this offering. However, our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board
of directors, without further action by the stockholders, to
create and issue one or more series of preferred stock and to
fix the rights, preferences and privileges thereof. Among other
rights, our board of directors may determine, without further
vote or action by our stockholders:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the number of shares constituting the series and the distinctive
designation of the series;
|
90
|
|
|
|
•
|
the dividend rate on the shares of the series, whether dividends
will be cumulative, and if so, from which date or dates, and the
relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on
shares of the series;
|
|
|
•
|
whether the series will have voting rights in addition to the
voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of the
voting rights;
|
|
|
•
|
whether the series will have conversion privileges and, if so,
the terms and conditions of conversion;
|
|
|
•
|
whether or not the shares of the series will be redeemable or
exchangeable, and, if so, the dates, terms and conditions of
redemption or exchange, as the case may be;
|
|
|
•
|
whether the series will have a sinking fund for the redemption
or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and
amount of the sinking fund; and
|
|
|
•
|
the rights of the shares of the series in the event of our
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
and the relative rights or priority, if any, of payment of
shares of the series.
|
Although we presently have no plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock, any future issuance of shares of preferred
stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase preferred shares,
may delay, defer or prevent a change of control in our company
or an unsolicited acquisition proposal and make removal of
management more difficult. The issuance of preferred stock also
could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for
distribution to the holders of common stock or could adversely
affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the
holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock may
have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common
stock, and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of
the holders of our common stock.
Registration
Rights
The holders of our series A, series AA, series B
and series C preferred stock, which will convert into an
aggregate of 10,793,165 shares of our common stock
immediately upon the closing of this offering, have the right to
require us to register their shares with the SEC, or to include
their shares in any registration statement we file, so that the
shares may be publicly resold. These registration rights are
summarized below.
Demand
registration rights
Beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the
holders of a majority of the shares issuable upon conversion of
the series A, series AA, series B and
series C preferred stock have the right to demand, on not
more than two occasions (subject to limited exceptions), that we
file a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act, having an aggregate offering price to
the public of not less than $5,000,000, in order to register the
shares registrable under such registration rights. Further, at
any time after we become eligible to file a registration
statement on
Form S-3,
the holders of the shares subject to these registration rights
may require us to file up to two registrations statements on
Form S-3
per year with respect to shares of common stock having an
aggregate offering price to the public of at least $500,000,
subject to certain exceptions.
Piggyback
registration rights
If we register any shares of our capital stock for public sale,
holders of the shares of common stock issued on conversion of
our preferred stock will have the right to include their shares
in the registration. The underwriters of any underwritten public
offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be
included in the registration, provided that the holders of the
registrable shares shall not be reduced to less than 20% of the
aggregate shares offered.
91
Postponement
of Registration
We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for a
period of 90 days in response to the exercise of the
registration rights set forth above if we determine that the
filing would be significantly detrimental to us. We may only
exercise such deferral rights once within any 12 month
period.
Expenses
of Registration
We will pay all expenses relating to any demand or piggyback
registration (except for underwriting discounts, commissions and
stock transfer taxes) and the reasonable expenses and fees of
one special counsel for the holders of registration rights.
However, we will not pay for the expenses of any demand
registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the
holders of a majority of the shares having registration rights,
subject to limited exceptions.
Indemnification
We are generally required to indemnify the holders participating
in an offering against civil liabilities resulting from any
registration under these provisions.
Termination
of registration rights
The demand,
Form S-3
and piggyback registration rights described above will terminate
on the earlier of (i) the date after the closing of this
offering on which all shares subject to such registration rights
may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any
90-day
period, or (ii) the fourth anniversary of the closing of
this offering.
Options
As of June 30, 2007, options to purchase a total of
2,339,660 shares of our common stock were outstanding with
a weighted average exercise price of $1.74 per share. These
options typically vest over a four-year period. All outstanding
options provide for anti-dilution adjustments in the event of
reorganizations, recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock
splits or other changes in our capital structure. For a
discussion of the provisions applicable to our stock options,
see the section entitled “Management — Employee
Benefit Plans” in this prospectus.
Anti-Takeover
Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Our
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Application of Interested Director Provisions of Delaware
Law. We are subject to the provisions of
Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203
prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in
a “business combination” with an “interested
stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of
the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder, unless either:
|
|
|
|
•
|
prior to the date at which the person becomes an interested
stockholder, the board of directors approves such transaction or
business combination;
|
|
|
•
|
the stockholder acquires more than 85% of the outstanding voting
stock of the corporation (excluding shares held by directors who
are officers or held in certain employee stock plans) upon
consummation of such transaction; or
|
|
|
•
|
the business combination is approved by the board of directors
and by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation (excluding shares held by the interested
stockholder) at a meeting of stockholders (and not by written
consent).
|
For purposes of Section 203, “interested
stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or
more of the corporation’s voting stock. A “business
combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to such interested
stockholder.
92
In addition, certain provisions of our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may
be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer
or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder
might consider in its best interest, including those attempts
that might result in a premium over the market price for the
shares held by our stockholders. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of
this offering will provide for our board of directors to be
divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms.
Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual
meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing
for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because
our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our
stockholders representing a majority of the shares of common
stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
to be effective upon completion of this offering will provide
that all stockholder action must be effected at a duly called
meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and
that only our board of directors, chairman of the board and
chief executive officer may call a special meeting of
stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation and bylaws will require advance notice for
stockholders to nominate directors or to submit proposals for
consideration at meetings of stockholders. Our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require a
662/3%
stockholder vote and the approval of our board of directors for
the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
relating to the issuance of preferred stock, the absence of
cumulative voting, the classification of our board of directors,
the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly
called meeting, the requirement of advance notice for
stockholders to nominate director to submit proposals for
consideration at meetings of stockholders and the designated
parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders.
The combination of the classification of our board of directors,
the lack of cumulative voting and the
662/3%
stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for
our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as
well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing
our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the
power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions
could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or
another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the
authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible
for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting
or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of
any attempt to change our control.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile
takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of
continued stability in the composition of our board of directors
and in the policies they implement, and to discourage certain
types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened
change of our control. These provisions are designed to reduce
our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The
provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that
may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have
the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for
our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit
fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result
from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may
also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company is the transfer agent
and registrar for our common stock.
Nasdaq
Global Market Listing
Our common stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
Global Market under the symbol “TSON.”
93
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock
in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market
prices and adversely affect our ability to raise additional
capital in the capital markets at a time and price favorable to
us.
Upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of
outstanding options after June 30, 2007, and assuming the
conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into shares of
our common stock, we will have 18,776,481 shares of common
stock outstanding (19,601,481 shares if the
underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is
exercised in full). Of these shares, all of the shares of common
stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold as a result of
the underwriter’s exercise of their option to purchase
additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction
under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates, as
that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 13,276,481 shares of outstanding common stock
as of June 30, 2007, held by existing stockholders are
“restricted securities” under the Securities Act and
are subject to
“lock-up”
agreements. Of this amount, all of the shares will be eligible
for resale pursuant to Rule 144 as of June 30, 2007,
and all such shares will be subject to
“lock-up”
agreements as described below. “Restricted securities”
as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in
reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market
only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from
registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 144(k) under
the Securities Act.
Registration
Rights
Upon completion of this offering, holders of
10,793,165 shares of our common stock will be entitled to
certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares
under the Securities Act. See the section entitled
“Description of Capital Stock — Registration
Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares
under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming
freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act
immediately upon effectiveness of the registration. All of these
stockholders have agreed not to exercise their registration
rights for at least 180 days following this offering.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, our directors and executive officers and all of our existing
stockholders and option holders have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements,
subject to customary exceptions, we may not issue any new shares
of common stock, and those holders of stock and options may not,
directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any
option to sell, pledge, transfer, establish a put equivalent
position or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or
options to acquire shares of common stock, or securities
exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of
common stock beneficially owned by them, or publicly announce
the intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior
written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper
Jaffray & Co., for a period of 180 days from the
date of this prospectus. This consent may be given at any time
without public notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if,
(1) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
180-day
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results or
become aware that material news or a material event relating to
us will occur during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
lock-up
period, the
180-day
lock-up
period will be extended until 18 days following the
issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the
material news or material event, as applicable, unless Lehman
Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. waive, in
writing, such extension.
Rule 144
Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning
90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has
beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year,
including persons who may be deemed our affiliates, would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
|
|
|
|
•
|
one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding (equal to approximately 187,765 shares upon
completion of this offering), assuming no exercise of the
underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or
|
94
|
|
|
|
•
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock as
reported through The Nasdaq Global Market during the four
calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144
with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject to certain manner of sale provisions, and notice
requirements and the availability of current public information
about us.
|
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not and is not deemed to
have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days
preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell
such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144.
As a result, 3,097,366 shares of our common stock will
qualify for resale under Rule 144(k) beginning on the date
of this prospectus. However, such shares will be subject to the
lock-up
agreements described above.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased
shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory
plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been our
affiliate during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell
these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being
required to comply with the public information, holding period,
volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701 also permits our affiliates to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All
holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to
wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before
selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
As of June 30, 2007, 339,100 shares of our outstanding
common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a
result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares,
however, are subject to
lock-up
agreements as discussed above. As a result, unless otherwise
extended, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the
earlier of the expiration of the
180-day
lockup period or upon obtaining the prior written consent of
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. to
release all or any portion of the shares subject to lockup
agreements.
Registration
of Shares Issuable Under Benefit Plans
We intend to file a
Form S-8
registration statement under the Securities Act after the
completion of this offering to register 3,770,715 shares of
common stock issuable under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock
Incentive Plan, the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2007
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is all the shares issuable
pursuant to such plans. Such registration statement will become
effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by those
registration statements will thereupon be eligible for sale in
the public markets, subject to any
lock-up
agreements and Rule 144 limitations applicable to
affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock option
plans, see the sections entitled “Management —
Employee Benefit Plans” and “Description of Capital
Stock — Options” in this prospectus.
95
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following summary discusses material United States federal
income tax consequences, and certain United States federal
estate tax consequences, of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of our common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder,
as defined below. This summary deals only with common stock held
as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Code, and is applicable only to
Non-U.S. Holders
who purchase common stock pursuant to this offering. This
summary does not address specific tax consequences that may be
relevant to you if you are a
Non-U.S. Holder
subject to special tax treatment (including pass-through
entities, banks and insurance companies, dealers in securities,
persons holding our common stock as part of a
“straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion
transaction” or other risk-reduction transaction,
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment
companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid United
States federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organizations,
former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or
receive common stock as compensation or pursuant to the exercise
of compensatory options), and does not address alternative
minimum tax consequences, if any, or any state, local, or
foreign tax consequences.
This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code and United
States Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as
of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly
with retroactive effect.
If you are considering the purchase of common stock, you
should consult your own tax advisors regarding the United States
federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase,
ownership, and disposition of common stock, as well as any
consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing
jurisdiction.
For purposes of this summary, you are a
Non-U.S. Holder
if you are a beneficial owner of common stock who is not a
U.S. person or a partnership (or other entity treated as a
partnership) for United States federal income tax purposes. A
U.S. person is (i) a citizen or resident alien
individual of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or
other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal
income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of
Columbia; (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject
to United States federal income taxation regardless of its
source; or (iv) a trust (a) whose administration is
subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United
States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to
control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) if
it has a valid election in effect under applicable United States
Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
U.S.
Trade or Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the
sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be
considered to be “U.S. trade or business income”
if such income or gain is (i) effectively connected with
the conduct by a
Non-U.S. Holder
of a trade or business within the United States, or (ii) in
the case of a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with
the United States, attributable to a permanent establishment
(or, for an individual, a fixed base) maintained by the
Non-U.S. Holder
in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business
income is not subject to United States federal withholding tax
(provided the
Non-U.S. Holder
complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements). Instead, U.S. trade or business income is
subject to United States federal income tax on a net income
basis at regular United States federal income tax rates in the
same manner as a U.S. person, unless an applicable income
tax treaty provides otherwise. Any U.S. trade or business
income received by a corporate
Non-U.S. Holder
may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax”
at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an
applicable income tax treaty.
Distributions
Distributions of cash or property that we pay will generally
constitute dividends for United States federal income tax
purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated
earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal
income tax principles). A
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will be subject to withholding of United States
federal income tax at a 30% rate on any dividends received in
respect of our stock, or at a lower rate provided by an
applicable income tax treaty. If the amount of a distribution
exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such
excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to
the extent
96
of the
Non-U.S. Holder’s
tax basis in our common stock (with a corresponding reduction in
such
Non-U.S. Holder’s
tax basis in our common stock), and thereafter will be treated
as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common
stock and will be treated as described under
“— Sale or Other Disposition of Our Common
Stock” below. In order to obtain a reduced rate of United
States federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax
treaty, a
Non-U.S. Holder,
who is otherwise entitled to benefits under an income tax
treaty, will be required to provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
certifying under penalties of perjury its entitlement to
benefits under the treaty. Special certification requirements
and other requirements apply to certain
Non-U.S. Holders
that are entities rather than individuals.
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States
withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty, you
may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by
timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the United
States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. A
Non-U.S. Holder
should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible
entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty and the
filing of a United States tax return for claiming a refund of
United States federal withholding tax.
The United States federal withholding tax does not apply to
dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as
defined above, of a
Non-U.S. Holder
who provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI,
certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the
Non-U.S. Holder’s
conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Sale or
Other Disposition of Our Common Stock
Any gain that a
Non-U.S. Holder
realizes upon the sale or other disposition of a share of common
stock generally will not be subject to United States federal
income or withholding tax unless:
|
|
|
|
•
|
The gain is U.S. trade or business income, as defined and
discussed above;
|
|
|
•
|
The
Non-U.S. Holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition,
and certain other conditions are met; or
|
|
|
•
|
Our common stock constitutes a “United States Real Property
interest” by reason of our status as a United States real
property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, under
Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of
the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the
Non-U.S. Holder’s
holding period for our common stock.
|
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value
of its “United States real property interests” (as
defined in the Code and applicable United States Treasury
regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market
value of its worldwide real property interests and its other
assets used or held for use in a trade or business. If we are
determined to be a USRPHC, the United States federal income and
withholding taxes relating to interests in USRPHCs nevertheless
will not apply to gains derived from the sale or other
disposition of our common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
whose shareholdings, actual and constructive, at all times
during the applicable period, amount to 5% or less of our common
stock, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an
established securities market. We do not believe we currently
are, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, no
assurance can be given that we will not be a USRPHC, or that our
common stock will be considered regularly traded, when a
Non-U.S. Holder
sells its shares of our common stock.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject
to United States federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such
lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax
treaty), but may be offset by United States source capital
losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident
of the United States).
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
If you are an individual
Non-U.S. Holder,
common stock that you hold at the time of death will be included
in your gross estate for United States federal estate tax
purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate
tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
97
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of
dividends paid to you on your shares of common stock and the tax
withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether
withholding was required. Copies of the information returns
reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which you
reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty
or exchange of information treaty.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends
and certain other types of payments to U.S. persons. The
backup withholding rate is currently 28%. You will not be
subject to backup withholding on dividends you receive on your
shares of common stock if you provide proper certification
(usually on an IRS
Form W-8BEN)
of your status of a
Non-U.S. Holder
or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor
does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a
U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption
are not, in fact, satisfied.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances,
backup withholding, generally will apply to the proceeds of a
sale of common stock within the United States or conducted
through the United States office of any broker, United States or
foreign, unless you certify under penalties of perjury that you
are a
Non-U.S. Holder
or otherwise establish an exemption, provided that the broker
does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a
U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption
are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the proceeds from
the disposition of our common stock to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a
non-U.S. broker
generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. broker
has certain types of relationships with the United States, or a
U.S. related person. In the case of the payment of the
proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through
a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person, the United States Treasury regulations
generally require information reporting (but not backup
withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary
evidence that the holder is a
Non-U.S. Holder
and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary.
Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their own tax advisors on the application of
information reporting and backup withholding to them in their
particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of
our common stock).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
Non-U.S. Holder
may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United
States federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you
furnish the required information to the IRS in a timely manner.
98
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co. are
acting as representatives of the underwriters and joint
book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an
underwriting agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below
has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number
of shares of common stock shown opposite its name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Lehman Brothers Inc.
|
|
|
2,062,500
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
2,062,500
|
|
Cowen and Company, LLC
|
|
|
825,000
|
|
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
|
|
|
550,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’
obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the
satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement including:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock
offered hereby other than those shares of common stock covered
by their option to purchase additional shares as described
below, if any of the shares are purchased;
|
|
|
•
|
the representations and warranties made by us to the
underwriters are true;
|
|
|
•
|
there is no material change in our business or the financial
markets; and
|
|
|
•
|
we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
|
Commissions
and Expenses
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and
commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The
underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to
the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the
shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,775,000
|
|
|
$
|
6,641,250
|
|
The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the
underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover
of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include
the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling
concession not in excess of $0.63 per share. After the
offering, the representatives may change the offering price and
other selling terms.
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are
estimated to be $2,000,000, excluding underwriting discounts and
commissions.
Option to
Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for
30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase,
from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of
825,000 shares at the public offering price less
underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be
exercised to the extent that the underwriters sell more than
5,500,000 shares in connection with this offering. To the
extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro
rata portion of these additional shares based on the
underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as
indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting
Section.
99
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, all of our directors and executive officers and
substantially all of the holders of our outstanding stock have
agreed that, subject to customary exceptions, without the prior
written consent of each of Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper
Jaffray & Co., we will not directly or indirectly,
(1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of
(or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or
could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at
any time in the future of) any shares of common stock
(including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may
be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and shares of common stock that may be issued upon
exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock,
(2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction
that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,
(3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or
cause to be filed a registration statement, including any
amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any
shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities,
or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the
foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
•
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
•
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period,
|
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding
paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material
event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Lehman
Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co.
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray & Co., in their
sole discretion, may release the common stock and other
securities subject to the
lock-up
agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with
or without notice. When determining whether or not to release
common stock and other securities from
lock-up
agreements, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Piper Jaffray &
Co. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s
reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of
common stock and other securities for which the release is being
requested and market conditions at the time.
Offering
Price Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
negotiated between the underwriters and us. In determining the
initial public offering price of our common stock, we and the
underwriters will consider:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
|
|
|
•
|
our financial information;
|
|
|
•
|
the ability of our management and our business potential and
earning prospects;
|
|
|
•
|
the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering;
and
|
|
|
•
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
shares of generally comparable companies.
|
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and
to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required
to make for these liabilities.
100
Stabilization,
Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions,
short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short
sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in
accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
•
|
A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares
in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated
to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short
position. This short position may be either a covered short
position or a naked short position. In a covered short position,
the number of shares involved in the sales made by the
underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are
obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares
that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase
additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of
shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their
option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close
out any short position by either exercising their option to
purchase additional shares
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source
of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will
consider, among other things, the price of shares available for
purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which
they may purchase shares through their option to purchase
additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be
created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
•
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
|
|
|
•
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result,
the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the
underwriters make any representation that the representatives
will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any
transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without
notice.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet sites or through other online services maintained by
one or more of the underwriters
and/or
selling group members participating in this offering, or by
their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and, depending upon the particular
underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may
be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree
with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to
online brokerage account holders.
Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the
representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web
site and any information contained in any other web site
maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part
of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms
101
a part, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its
capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not
be relied upon by investors.
Nasdaq
Global Market
Our shares of common stock have been approved for quotation on
The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TSON”.
Discretionary
Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to
confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the
total number of shares offered by them.
Stamp
Taxes
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this
prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other
charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase,
in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of
this prospectus.
Relationships
From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective
businesses, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may
in the future engage in commercial banking or investment banking
transactions with us and our affiliates.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), with effect from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member
state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of the shares
of common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to
the public in that relevant member state prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common
stock that has been approved by the competent authority in that
relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another
relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in
that relevant member state, all in accordance with the
Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and
including the relevant implementation date, an offer of
securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member
state at any time:
|
|
|
|
•
|
to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities; or
|
|
|
•
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
|
|
|
•
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus
Directive.
|
Each purchaser of the shares of common stock described in this
prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed
to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a
“qualified investor” within the meaning of
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to
the public” in any relevant member state means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be
offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or
subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in
that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that member state, and the expression
“Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant
member state.
102
The sellers of the shares of common stock have not authorized
and do not authorize the making of any offer of the shares of
common stock through any financial intermediary on their behalf,
other than offers made by the underwriter with a view to the
final placement of the shares of common stock as contemplated in
this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares of
common stock, other than the underwriter, is authorized to make
any further offer of the shares of common stock on behalf of the
sellers or the underwriter.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only
directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified
investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”) that are
also (i) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or
(ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons
together being referred to as “relevant persons”).
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not
be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or
disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United
Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant
person should not act or rely on this document or any of its
contents.
103
The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock
offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Stradling Yocca
Carlson & Rauth, a Professional Corporation, Newport
Beach, California. As of the date of this prospectus, certain
attorneys of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth hold an
aggregate of 248,113 shares of our common stock, assuming
the conversion of preferred stock to common stock immediately
upon the closing of this offering. The underwriters are being
represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York and
Costa Mesa, California.
The financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005
and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006 included in this Prospectus have been so
included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE
YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with the SEC with respect to the common
stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not
include all of the information contained in the registration
statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. You
should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for
additional information. Whenever we make reference in this
prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other
documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you
should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration
statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other
document. When we complete this offering, we will also be
required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC.
You can read our SEC filings, including the registration
statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at
www.sec.gov. You can also obtain copies of the documents
at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.
Please call the SEC at
(800) SEC-0330
for further information on the operations of the public
reference facilities.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to
the information and periodic reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports
containing financial statements audited by an independent public
accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited
financial data, current reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy
such periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information
at the SEC’s public reference room, and the website of the
SEC referred to above.
104
TranS1
Inc.
Index to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
F-7
|
F-1
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TranS1 Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related
statements of operations, of stockholder’s deficit, and of
cash flows, present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of TranS1 Inc. at December 31, 2006 and
2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 and Note 7 to the financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for share-based compensation in 2006.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, NC
July 23, 2007, except for Note 9, as to which the
date is
October 5, 2007
F-2
TranS1
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
20,544
|
|
|
$
|
5,034
|
|
|
$
|
5,537
|
|
|
$
|
5,537
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
5,450
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
|
|
4,635
|
|
|
|
4,635
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
1,620
|
|
|
|
3,248
|
|
|
|
3,248
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
2,080
|
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
27,273
|
|
|
|
18,892
|
|
|
|
16,959
|
|
|
|
16,959
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
1,112
|
|
|
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
28,013
|
|
|
$
|
20,004
|
|
|
$
|
18,193
|
|
|
$
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
|
$
|
843
|
|
|
$
|
1,023
|
|
|
$
|
1,023
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
|
1,630
|
|
|
|
1,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
1,444
|
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
Preferred Stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par
value; 1,125,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007
(unaudited)
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Series AA convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par
value; 1,260,000 shares authorized, 1,259,999 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and
June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par
value; 4,909,091 shares authorized, 4,909,082 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and
June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
11,894
|
|
|
|
11,894
|
|
|
|
11,894
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par
value; 3,499,091 shares authorized, 3,499,084 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and
June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
25,545
|
|
|
|
25,545
|
|
|
|
25,545
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Commitments (Note 5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 13,500,000, 17,100,000 and
17,100,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2005 and
2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively;
2,411,773, 2,435,484 and 2,483,316 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30,
2007 (unaudited), respectively; 13,276,481 shares issued
and outstanding, pro forma at June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
41,977
|
|
Notes receivable for common stock
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(12,832
|
)
|
|
|
(22,311
|
)
|
|
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(12,654
|
)
|
|
|
(21,529
|
)
|
|
|
(24,549
|
)
|
|
|
15,540
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
28,013
|
|
|
$
|
20,004
|
|
|
$
|
18,193
|
|
|
$
|
18,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-3
TranS1
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,469
|
|
|
$
|
5,812
|
|
|
$
|
2,161
|
|
|
$
|
7,187
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
1,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
4,232
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
2,444
|
|
|
|
4,246
|
|
|
|
2,094
|
|
|
|
2,278
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
9,288
|
|
|
|
3,950
|
|
|
|
6,837
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
6,372
|
|
|
|
14,700
|
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
10,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(3,621
|
)
|
|
|
(5,289
|
)
|
|
|
(10,468
|
)
|
|
|
(5,126
|
)
|
|
|
(4,470
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share — basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.91
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.67
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and
diluted
|
|
|
2,127,855
|
|
|
|
2,243,018
|
|
|
|
2,423,223
|
|
|
|
2,418,152
|
|
|
|
2,467,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per common share — basic and
diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding — basic
and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,216,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,260,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-4
TranS1
Inc.
Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid - In
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders’
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
2,090,435
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,319
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,215
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock from exercised options
|
|
|
57,600
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2,148,035
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(7,790
|
)
|
|
|
(7,680
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock from exercised options
|
|
|
263,738
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
2,411,773
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(12,832
|
)
|
|
|
(12,654
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock from exercised options
|
|
|
23,711
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Stock based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
2,435,484
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(22,311
|
)
|
|
|
(21,529
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock from exercised options (unaudited)
|
|
|
47,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Stock based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
Repayment of note receivable (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Net loss (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
2,483,316
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,889
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(26,438
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,549
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-5
TranS1
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,127
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
Disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts receivable
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(564
|
)
|
|
|
(1,056
|
)
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
(1,628
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
Increase in inventory
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Increase in accrued liabilities
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(3,475
|
)
|
|
|
(5,656
|
)
|
|
|
(10,428
|
)
|
|
|
(5,377
|
)
|
|
|
(4,448
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(672
|
)
|
|
|
(609
|
)
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
|
(390
|
)
|
Purchases of short-term investments
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(5,449
|
)
|
|
|
(13,925
|
)
|
|
|
(41,128
|
)
|
|
|
(10,716
|
)
|
Sales of short-term investments
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
9,447
|
|
|
|
41,347
|
|
|
|
16,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(6,121
|
)
|
|
|
(5,087
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
25,545
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
25,613
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(3,575
|
)
|
|
|
13,836
|
|
|
|
(15,510
|
)
|
|
|
(5,431
|
)
|
|
|
503
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
10,283
|
|
|
|
6,708
|
|
|
|
20,544
|
|
|
|
20,544
|
|
|
|
5,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
6,708
|
|
|
$
|
20,544
|
|
|
$
|
5,034
|
|
|
$
|
15,113
|
|
|
$
|
5,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
TranS1 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
was incorporated on June 28, 2000 and is headquartered in
Wilmington, North Carolina. The Company is a medical device
company focused on designing, developing and marketing products
that implement its minimally invasive surgical approach to treat
degenerative disc disease affecting the lower lumbar region of
the spine. The Company has developed and currently markets in
the United States and Europe two single-level fusion products,
AxiaLIF and AxiaLIF 360°. In addition, the Company has
developed and currently markets in Europe a two-level fusion
product, AxiaLIF 2L, which has not yet been approved in the
United States. All of the Company’s products are delivered
using its TranS1 approach. The AxiaLIF product was commercially
released in January 2005 the AxiaLIF 360° product was
commercially released in July 2006 and the AxiaLIF 2L
product was commercially released in Europe in the fourth
quarter of 2006. The Company generates revenue from the sale of
implants and procedure kits. The Company sells its products
directly to hospitals and surgical centers in the United States
and independent distributors in Europe.
The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other
companies in the medical device industry. These risks include
rapid technological change, uncertainty of market acceptance of
our products, uncertainty of regulatory approval, competition
from substitute products and larger companies, the need to
obtain additional financing, compliance with government
regulation, protection of proprietary technology, product
liability, and the dependence on key individuals.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2007
and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2007
are unaudited and reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of the
Company’s management, necessary for a fair presentation of
financial position, results of operations and cash flows. All
financial statement disclosures related to the six-month periods
ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 are unaudited.
Basis
of Presentation
The Company has prepared the accompanying financial statements
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America. The Company’s fiscal year
ends on December 31.
Pro
Forma Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
The Company’s pro forma balance sheet as of June 30,
2007 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all
Series A, AA, B and C convertible preferred stock into an
aggregate of 10,793,165 shares of common stock upon
consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.
Use of
Estimates
The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. These principles require management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. The principal
estimates relate specifically to inventory reserves, stock-based
compensation and accrued expenses.
F-7
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less at the date of
purchase to be cash equivalents.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term
investments, accounts receivable, and accounts payable at
December 31, 2006 and 2005 and June 30, 2007
approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature of
these items.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for
uncollectible accounts which is not significant at
December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2006 and 2007.
Estimates on the collectibility of customer accounts are based
primarily on analysis of historical trends and experience and
changes in customers’ financial condition.
Concentration
of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and
cash equivalents.
The Company places cash deposits with a federally insured
financial institution, in amounts which at times exceed the
federally insured limit of $100,000. The total amount of
deposits in excess of federally insured limits was $14,862,000
and $25,894,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In 2005, two customers, Christ Hospital in Cincinnati, Ohio, and
Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Nebraska, accounted
for 16% and 11%, respectively, of revenues. In 2006, one
customer, Christ Hospital, accounted for 11% of revenues. During
the six months ended June 30, 2006, one customer, Christ
Hospital, accounted for 14%, of revenues. As of
December 31, 2005, two customers, Faith Regional Health
Services and Christ Hospital, accounted for 26% and 15%,
respectively, of the accounts receivable balance. As of
December 31, 2006, one customer, University Medical Center
in Las Vegas, Nevada, accounted for 12% of the accounts
receivable balance. As of June 30, 2007, two customers,
University Medical Center and Christ Hospital, accounted for 14%
and 12%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balance.
Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
361
|
|
|
$
|
1,261
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
|
1,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
584
|
|
|
$
|
2,080
|
|
|
$
|
3,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, computed
on a standard cost basis, which approximates actual cost on a
first-in,
first-out basis and market being determined as the lower of
replacement cost or net realizable value. Costs are monitored on
an annual basis and updated as necessary to reflect changes in
supplier costs and the rate of overhead absorption is adjusted
based on projections of manufacturing department costs and
production plan. Inventory reserves are established when
conditions indicate that the
F-8
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
selling price could be less than cost due to obsolescence,
usage, or the Company determines that it holds excessive levels
of inventory based on market demand.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over
their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.
Property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold
improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or
the estimated useful life of the related asset. Maintenance and
repairs, which neither materially add to the value of the
property nor appreciably prolong its life, are charged to
expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets
disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation and
amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting
gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
The estimated useful lives are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
Other depreciable assets
|
|
|
2-10 years
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term
|
|
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized in accordance with Staff Accounting
Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101 as amended by
SAB No. 104. The Company recognizes revenue based on
the following criteria: (i) evidence that an arrangement
exists with the customer; (ii) the delivery of the products
and/or
services has occurred; (iii) the selling price has been
established for the products or services delivered; and
(iv) the collection is reasonably assured based on these
criteria or historical practices. Revenue is generated from the
sale of implants and procedure kits, which consists of
disposable instruments. The Company has two distinct sale
methods. The first method is when procedure kits are sold
directly to hospitals or surgical centers. The Company’s
sales representatives or independent sales agents hand deliver
the procedure kit to the customer on the day of the surgery or
several days prior to the surgery. The sales representative or
independent agent is then responsible for reporting the delivery
of the procedure kit, and the date of the operation to the
corporate office for proper revenue recognition. The Company
recognizes revenue upon the confirmation that the procedure kit
has been used in a surgical procedure. The other sales method is
for sales to European distributors. These distributors order
multiple procedure kits at one time to have on hand. These
transactions require the customer to send in a purchase order
before shipment will be made to the customer. The Company
determines revenue recognition on a case by case basis dependent
upon the terms and conditions of each individual distributor
agreement. Under the distributor agreements currently in place,
a distributor only has the right of return for defective
products and, accordingly, revenue is recognized upon shipment.
During 2006, the Company had $5,453,000 and $359,000 of domestic
and foreign sales, respectively. During the six months
ended June 30, 2006, the Company had $2,143,000 and $18,000
of domestic and foreign sales, respectively. During the
six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company had
$6,641,000 and $546,000 of domestic and foreign sales,
respectively. There were no foreign sales during 2005 or 2004.
Shipping
and Handing Costs
Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are
included in the cost of revenue. These costs are not reimbursed
by the Company’s customers.
F-9
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
Sales
and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs,
including stock-based compensation expense in 2006 and 2007,
sales commissions paid to the Company’s direct sales
representatives and independent sales agents, and costs
associated with physician training programs, promotional
activities, and participation in medical conferences. All costs
of advertising and promotional activities are expensed as
incurred.
Research
and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel
costs, including stock-based compensation expense in 2006 and
2007, within the Company’s product development, regulatory
and clinical functions and the costs of clinical studies and
product development projects. Research and development expenses
also include legal expenses related to the development and
protection of the Company’s intellectual property portfolio
and facilities-related costs. Research and development expenses
are expensed as incurred.
Patent
Costs
Costs associated with the submission of a patent application are
expensed as incurred given the uncertainty of the patents
resulting in probable future economic benefits to the Company.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method
which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets or
liabilities for the temporary differences between financial
reporting and tax bases of the Company’s assets and
liabilities and for tax carryforwards at enacted statutory tax
rates in effect for the years in which the differences are
expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in
tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the
enactment date. In addition, valuation allowances are
established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the
amounts expected to be realized.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for
stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance
with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25 (APB 25), Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations, and followed the
disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123), Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. Under APB 25, compensation expense is based on
the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the
fair value of the Company’s stock and the exercise price.
Employee stock-based compensation determined under APB 25 is
recognized over the option vesting period.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees
was $0.18 and $0.17 for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair
value provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123R (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment,
which supersedes its previous accounting under APB 25.
SFAS 123R requires the recognition of compensation expense,
using a fair-value-based method, for costs related to all
share-based payments including stock options. SFAS 123R
requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model. The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the prospective
transition method, which requires that for nonpublic entities
that used the minimum value method for either pro forma or
financial statements recognition purposes, SFAS 123R shall
be applied to options grants or modifications to existing
options after the required effective date. For options granted
prior to the new SFAS 123R effective date and for which the
requisite service period has not been performed as of
January 1, 2006, the Company will continue to apply the
intrinsic value
F-10
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
provisions of APB 25 on the remaining unvested awards. All
option grants valued after January 1, 2006 will be expensed
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements
with nonemployees in accordance with the Emerging Issues Task
Force Abstract No.
96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling
Goods or Services. The Company records the expense of such
services based on the estimated fair value of the equity
instrument using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The value of
the equity instruments is charged to earnings over the term of
the service agreement.
Net
Loss Per Common Share
Historical
Basic net loss per common share (“Basic EPS”) is
computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
Diluted net loss available to common stockholders per common
share (“Diluted EPS”) is computed by dividing net loss
available to common stockholders by the weighted average number
of common shares and dilutive potential common share equivalents
then outstanding. The Company’s potential dilutive common
shares, which consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of
stock options and conversion of convertible preferred stock,
have not been included in the computation of diluted net loss
per share for all periods as the result would be anti-dilutive.
The following table sets forth the potential shares of common
stock that are not included in the calculation of diluted net
loss per share as the result would be anti-dilutive as of the
end of each period presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
7,294,081
|
|
|
|
10,793,165
|
|
|
|
10,793,165
|
|
|
|
10,793,165
|
|
|
|
10,793,165
|
|
Stock options outstanding
|
|
|
1,033,226
|
|
|
|
1,186,062
|
|
|
|
1,841,676
|
|
|
|
1,190,381
|
|
|
|
2,339,660
|
|
Pro Forma
(Unaudited)
Pro forma net loss per common share is calculated assuming the
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A preferred
stock, Series AA preferred stock, Series B preferred
stock and Series C preferred stock into common stock upon
the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering
(see Note 6).
Segment
Reporting
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131,
“Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information”. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards
for the reporting by business enterprises of information about
operating segments, products and services, geographic areas, and
major customers. The Company has determined that it did not have
any separately reportable segments as of December 31, 2005
or 2006 or June 30, 2007.
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48),
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, which
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions.
FIN 48 requires that the Company recognize in its financial
statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more
likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the
technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48
are effective as of the beginning of the Company’s 2007
fiscal year, with the cumulative effect, if any, of the change
in accounting principle
F-11
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The
adoption of FIN 48 had no impact on the Company’s
financial statements. However, at the adoption date of January
1, 2007, the Company had $1,043,000 of unrecognized deferred tax
benefits, all of which was subject to a full valuation
allowance, which effectively reduced the deferred tax benefits
to $0, since realization of these benefits could not be
reasonably assured.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157 (SFAS 157), Fair Value
Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes
guidelines for measuring fair value and expands disclosures
regarding fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not
require any new fair value measurements but rather eliminates
inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting
pronouncements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. Earlier adoption is
permitted, provided the company has not yet issued financial
statements, including for interim periods, for that fiscal year.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157.
In September 2006, the United Stated Securities and Exchange
Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
(SAB 108), Considering the Effects of Prior Year
Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year
Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance
on how registrants should quantify financial statement
misstatements. Under SAB 108, registrants are required to
consider both a “rollover” method which focuses
primarily on the income statement impact of misstatements and
the “iron curtain” method which focuses primarily on
the balance sheet impact of misstatements. SAB 108 was
effective for 2006 and had no impact on the Company’s
financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 159 (SFAS 159), The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115. SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure
many financial instruments and certain other items at fair
value. The amendment to SFAS 115 applies to all entities with
investments in available-for-sale or trading securities. The
statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. The Company has not yet determined the
effect SFAS 159 will have on its financial statements.
|
|
3.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Tools
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Construction in process
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
876
|
|
|
|
1,485
|
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
(641
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the period ended
June 30, 2007 (unaudited) was $237,000, $106,000, $52,000
and $268,000, respectively.
F-12
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
Accrued expense consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
Commissions
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Vacation
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Legal and IPO related
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
Clinical trial expenses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Travel
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Other
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
|
$
|
601
|
|
|
$
|
1,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company rents office space under the terms of an operating
lease, which expires in 2010.
Future minimum lease payments under operating lease obligations
at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
2008
|
|
|
157
|
|
2009
|
|
|
161
|
|
2010
|
|
|
93
|
|
2011
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense related to operating leases for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $148,000, $87,000 and
$50,000, respectively.
At December 31, 2006, the Company has authorized
27,893,181 shares of capital stock of which
17,100,000 shares are designated common stock with a par
value of $0.0001 and 10,793,181 shares are designated
preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001, as amended on
September 20, 2005. Of the 10,793,181 shares of
preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”),
1,125,000 shares have been designated Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”),
1,260,000 shares have been designated Series AA
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series AA”),
4,909,091 shares have been designated Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”), and
3,499,091 shares have been designated Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”).
Convertible
Preferred Stock
On September 15, 2000, the Company issued
1,125,000 shares of Series A for proceeds of $956,000,
net of issuance costs of $44,000. On March 14, 2002, the
Company issued 1,259,999 shares of Series AA for
proceeds of $1,694,000, net of issuance costs of $56,000. On
April 17, 2003, the Company issued 4,909,082 shares of
Series B for proceeds of $11,894,000, net of issuance costs of
$105,000. On September 20, 2005, the Company issued
3,499,084 shares of Series C for proceeds of
$25,545,000, net of issuance costs of $115,000.
F-13
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
The following is a summary of the rights, preferences and terms
of the Company’s Series A, Series AA,
Series B and Series C:
Voting
The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together
with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to
stockholders for a vote. Each preferred stockholder is entitled
to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common
stock into which each preferred share is convertible at the time
of such vote.
Dividends
Dividends on the Preferred Stock are payable prior and in
preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the
common stock of the Company. The Preferred Stock earns a 6% per
share noncumulative dividend on the original issuance price per
annum, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors. Further, the Preferred Stock is to receive dividends
at least equal to any dividend rate to be paid to common
stockholders, times the number of common shares into which each
share of preferred stock is convertible. In 2006 and 2005, no
dividends have been declared or paid by the Company.
Liquidation
In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
Company, holders of Preferred Stock (Series A,
Series AA, Series B and Series C) shall be
entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common
stock, an amount equal to the original purchase price plus
declared but unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation
Preference”). After the payment of the Liquidation
Preference to the holders of Series A, Series AA,
Series B and Series C Preferred, the remaining assets
shall be distributed to the holders of the common stock. The
Preferred Stock contains provisions stating that a change in
control is considered to be a deemed liquidation event. The
inclusion of this potential triggering event requires the
Preferred Stock to be classified outside of permanent equity,
and is presented separately in the balance sheets.
If the assets of the Company available for distribution upon
liquidation are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation
Preference, the assets will be distributed pro rata to each
holder of Series A, Series AA, Series B and
Series C Preferred Stock.
A merger or sale of substantially all of the assets or
intellectual property of the Company in which the stockholders
of the Company do not own a majority of the outstanding shares
of the surviving corporation, or a sale or issuance of shares
with the power to elect a majority of the Board, shall be deemed
to be a liquidation.
The Company may not sell or dispose of all or substantially all
of its property or business or merge into another corporation or
series of related transactions in which the control of all or
substantially all of the Company (the “Exit Event”)
without the vote of the Preferred Stock holders, unless the
consideration received from the transaction is in the form of
cash or publicly traded securities equal to at least $18.33 per
share with an aggregate offering price of not less than
$40,000,000.
Conversion
Each share of Series A, Series AA, Series B, and
Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time,
at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock of the
Company at an initial conversion price equal to the original
purchase price. The Series A, Series AA, Series B
and Series C will be automatically converted into Common
Stock, at the then applicable conversion price, upon the
election of a majority of the combined holders of the then
outstanding Preferred Stock. All of the Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted upon the vote of 80% of the holders of
the Series C. On August 31, 2007, the Company amended
its certificate of incorporation to provide for the automatic
conversion of all of its Preferred Stock upon (A) the closing of
the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment
underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective
registration statement on Form S-1 or SB-2 under the Securities
Act of 1933, as
F-14
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
amended (the Securities Act), the public offering price of which
was not less than $7.33 per share (as adjusted for any
stock dividends, contributions or splits with respect to such
shares); provided that such closing occurs prior to
December 31, 2007, or (B) on or after January 1, 2008,
the closing of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a
firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an
effective registration statement on Form S-1 or SB-2 under
the Securities Act, the public offering price of which was not
less than $18.33 per share (as adjusted for any stock
dividends, contributions or splits with respect to such shares)
and results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least
$40,000,000 (a Qualified Offering).
The conversion rate for all Preferred Stock may be adjusted if
additional stock is issued for an amount less than the
applicable initial conversation prices.
Protective
Rights
The Preferred Stock has certain protective rights regarding the
authorization, alteration, redemption or sale of any class of
stock; the declaration of any dividends; or changes in the size
of the Board of Directors. Such actions must be approved by
holders of Preferred Stock, as specified in the amended
certificate of incorporation.
Common
Stock
The following is a summary of the rights, preferences and terms
of the Company’s common stock:
Dividends
The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends
from time to time as may be declared by the Board of Directors.
No cash dividend may be declared or paid to common stockholders
until paid on each series of outstanding preferred stock in
accordance with its terms.
Voting
The holders of shares of common stock are entitled to one vote
for each share held with respect to all matters voted on by the
stockholders of the Company.
Liquidation
After payment to the preferred stockholders, holders of common
stock shall be entitled, together with holders of preferred
stock, to share ratably in all remaining assets of the Company.
During the six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company
issued 47,832 shares of common stock to three employees for
$11,200 upon the exercise the stock options. In 2006, the
Company issued 23,711 shares of common stock to three
employees and two consultants for $4,400 upon the exercise of
stock options. In 2005, the Company issued 263,738 shares
of the common stock to three employees and one consultant for
$71,000 upon the exercise of stock options.
The Company established the TranS1 Inc. Stock Incentive Plan in
2000, and amended it in 2005 (as amended, the “Plan”).
Under the Plan, the Company may grant options to employees,
directors or service providers and contractors for a maximum of
3,159,108 shares of the Company’s common stock.
Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options or
non-qualified stock options. Non-qualified stock options may be
granted to service providers and incentive stock options may be
granted only to employees. The exercise periods may not exceed
ten years for options. However, in the case of an incentive
stock option granted to an optionee who, at the time of the
option grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the
F-15
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
outstanding shares, the term of the option shall be five years
from the date of the grant. The exercise price of incentive
stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value
per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
The exercise price of a nonqualified option shall not be less
than 85% of the fair market value per share on the date the
option is granted. If an optionee owns more than 10% of the
outstanding shares, the exercise price cannot be less than 110%
of the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant.
Options granted under the Plan generally vest over periods
ranging from three to four years.
The following table summarizes the activity of the
Company’s Plan including the number of shares under options
(“Number”) and weighted average exercise price
(“Price”):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2003
|
|
|
949,504
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
159,322
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(57,600
|
)
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(18,000
|
)
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,033,226
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
416,574
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(263,738
|
)
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
1,186,062
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
735,373
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(30,273
|
)
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(49,486
|
)
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
1,841,676
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
|
Options granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
587,407
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
Options exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
(47,832
|
)
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
Options forfeited (unaudited)
|
|
|
(41,591
|
)
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of June 30, 2007 (unaudited)
|
|
|
2,339,660
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information about the
Company’s stock options at June 30, 2007 (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
$0.11
|
|
|
271,125
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
271,125
|
|
$0.28
|
|
|
741,345
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
595,002
|
|
$0.78
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
$1.11
|
|
|
735,373
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
241,456
|
|
$2.00
|
|
|
67,387
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
2.00
|
|
|
|
5,187
|
|
$2.38
|
|
|
29,250
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
$5.56
|
|
|
418,770
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
5.56
|
|
|
|
5,395
|
|
$6.67
|
|
|
72,000
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,339,660
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
1,125,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
The following table summarizes information about the
Company’s stock options at December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
$0.11
|
|
|
283,725
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
217,125
|
|
$0.28
|
|
|
818,166
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
524,647
|
|
$0.78
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
4,410
|
|
$1.11
|
|
|
735,374
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
87,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,841,675
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
|
|
833,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
Based Compensation for Non-employees
During 2006, the Company issued options to purchase
51,651 shares of common stock with an exercise price of
$1.00 per share to consultants. These options vest over a range
of zero to three years and expire 10 years from the date of
issuance. During 2005, the Company issued options to purchase
93,149 shares of common stock with an exercise price of
$0.28 per share to consultants. These options vest over a three
year period and expire 10 years from the date of issuance.
The Company determined the estimated fair value of the options
issued to the consultants using the Black-Scholes pricing model.
The Company used the following assumptions in the Black-Scholes
pricing model for 2005 grants: 100% volatility, dividend
yield-0%, 4.33% risk-free rate and a 10 year expected legal
life. The Company used the following assumptions in the
Black-Scholes pricing model for 2006 grants: 45% volatility, 0%
dividend yield, 4.58% risk-free rate and 6 year expected
life.
Stock-based compensation expense charged to operations on
options granted to non-employees for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and for years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $420,000, $77,000 and
$9,400, respectively. As of June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and
December 31, 2006, there were $311,000 and $150,000,
respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs related
to non-vested stock option awards granted after January 1,
2006, which are expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.98 years and 2.42 years,
respectively.
Employee
Stock-Based Compensation on or Subsequent to January 1,
2006
As a result of adopting SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006,
the Company’s net loss for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $638,000 and $522,000, respectively,
higher than if it had continued to account for employee
stock-based compensation under APB 25.
Under SFAS 123R, compensation cost for employee stock-based
awards is based on the estimated grant-date fair value and is
recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award on a
straight-line basis. For the period from January 1, 2006 to
June 30, 2007, the Company issued employee stock-based
awards in the form of stock options. The weighted average
estimated fair value of the employee stock options granted for
the six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.13 and $4.18 per share,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options
(the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date
of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) exercised
during the six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and
for the years ended December 31, 2006, was $273,000 and
$114,000, respectively.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine
the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair
value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant is
affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a
number of complex and subjective variables. These variables
include our expected stock price volatility over the term of the
awards, actual and projected employee stock option
F-17
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected
dividends. The estimated grant-date fair values of the employee
stock options were calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation
model, based on the following assumptions for the
six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and for the
year ended December 31, 2006:
Expected Life. The expected life of six years
is based on the “simplified” method described in the
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, Topic 14: Share-Based
Payment.
Volatility. Since the Company is a private
entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of its
common stock, the expected volatility used for 2006 and 2007 is
based on volatility of similar entities, referred to as
“guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the
Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle
and size. The Company utilized an expected volatility of 45% for
2006 and 2007.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate is
based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining
terms similar to the expected term on the options. The risk-free
rate was 4.58% and 4.48% for 2006 and the six month period
ended June 30, 2007, respectively.
Dividend Yield. The Company has never declared
or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash
dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an
expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
Forfeitures. SFAS 123R also requires the
Company to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise
those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures
differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to
estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based
compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to
vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the
awards, which are generally the vesting periods. If the
Company’s actual forfeiture rate is materially different
from its estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be
significantly different from what the Company has recorded in
the current period.
As of June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006,
there were $5,322,000 and $2,483,000, respectively, of total
unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock
option awards granted after January 1, 2006, which are
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
3.34 years and 2.96 years, respectively.
No provision for federal or state income taxes has been recorded
as the Company has incurred net operating losses since inception.
F-18
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets
and liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
4,761
|
|
|
$
|
7,584
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Research and development credit
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,166
|
|
|
|
8,211
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred assets
|
|
|
(5,137
|
)
|
|
|
(8,121
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company provided a full
valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets since
realization of these benefits could not be reasonably assured.
The increase in valuation allowance resulted primarily from the
additional net operating loss carryforward generated.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19,563,000
and $16,425,000, respectively. These net operating loss
carryforwards begin to expire in 2021 and 2016 for federal and
state tax purposes, respectively. The utilization of the federal
net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to limitations
under the rules regarding a change in stock ownership as
determined by the Internal Revenue Code.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2006, the Company had
research and development credit carryforwards of $624,000 for
federal tax purposes. These credit carryforwards begin to expire
in 2021.
A reconciliation of differences between the U.S. federal
income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for
the years ended December 31 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
Tax at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(1,215
|
)
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
(1,765
|
)
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
(3,318
|
)
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
Non deductible items
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)%
|
R&D credits
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
|
|
(40.6
|
)%
|
|
|
2,017
|
|
|
|
(40.0
|
)%
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
|
(31.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On October 5, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors
approved an amendment to the Company’s existing certificate
of incorporation effecting a
0.9-for-1
reverse stock split and reducing the authorized number of shares
of common stock and preferred stock to 17,100,000 and
10,793,165, respectively. All share
F-19
TranS1
Inc.
Notes to
Financial Statements — (Continued)
and per share information in the accompanying financial
statements and notes to the financial statements has been
retroactively restated to reflect the effect of the stock split.
F-20
5,500,000 shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
Lehman
Brothers |
Piper
Jaffray |
|
|
Cowen
and Company |
Wachovia
Securities |
Until November 10, 2007, all dealers that effect
transactions in these securities may be required to deliver a
prospectus, regardless of whether they are participating in this
offering. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
October 16, 2007